Dot 192 Full Standard

PART 192 – TRANSPORTATION OF NATURAL AND OTHER GAS BY
PIPELINE: MINIMUM FEDERAL SAFETY STANDARDS
Subpart A–General 192.125 Design of copper pipe.
Sec.
192.1 Scope of part. Subpart D–Design of Pipeline Components
192.3 Definitions.
192.5 Class locations. 192.141 Scope.
192.7 Incorporation by reference. 192.143 General requirements.
192.9 Gathering lines. 192.144 Qualifying metallic components.
192.10 Outer Continental Shelf pipelines. 192.145 Valves.
192.11 Petroleum gas systems. 192.147 Flanges and flange accessories.
192.13 General. 192.149 Standard fittings.
192.14 Conversion to service subject to this 192.150 Passage of internal inspection devices.
part. 192.151 Tapping.
192.15 Rules of regulatory construction. 192.153 Components fabricated by welding.
192.16 Customer notification. 192.155 Welded branch connections.
192.17 [Reserved] 192.157 Extruded outlets.
192.159 Flexibility.
Subpart B–Materials 192.161 Supports and anchors.
192.163 Compressor stations: Design and con-
192.51 Scope. struction.
192.53 General. 192.165 Compressor stations: Liquid removal.
192.55 Steel pipe. 192.167 Compressor stations: Emergency
192.57 [Reserved] shutdown.
192.59 Plastic pipe. 192.169 Compressor stations: Pressure limit-
192.61 [Reserved] ing devices.
192.63 Marking of materials. 192.171 Compressor stations: Additional
192.65 Transportation of pipe. safety equipment.
192.173 Compressor stations: Ventilation.
Subpart C–Pipe Design 192.175 Pipe-type and bottle-type holders.
192.177 Additional provisions for bottle-type
192.101 Scope. holders.
192.103 General. 192.179 Transmission line valves.
192.105 Design formula for steel pipe. 192.181 Distribution line valves.
192.107 Yield strength (S) for steel pipe. 192.183 Vaults: Structural design require-
192.109 Nominal wall thickness (t) for steel ments.
pipe. 192.185 Vaults: Accessibility.
192.111 Design factor (F) for steel pipe. 192.187 Vaults: Sealing, venting, and ventila-
192.113 Longitudinal joint factor (E) for steel tion.
pipe. 192.189 Vaults: Drainage and waterproofing.
192.115 Temperature derating factor (T) for 192.191 Design pressure of plastic fittings.
steel pipe. 192.193 Valve installation in plastic pipe.
192.117 [Reserved] 192.195 Protection against accidental over-
192.119 [Reserved] pressuring.
192.121 Design of plastic pipe.
192.123 Design limitations for plastic pipe.
1
Revision 6/04 – Current thru 192-94, 95C & 96
192.197 Control of the pressure of gas deliv- 192.307 Inspection of materials.

ered from high-pressure distribution 192.309 Repair of steel pipe.
systems. 192.311 Repair of plastic pipe.
192.199 Requirements for design pressure re- 192.313 Bends and elbows.
lief and limiting devices. 192.315 Wrinkle bends in steel pipe.
192.201 Required capacity of pressure reliev- 192.317 Protection from hazards.
ing and limiting stations. 192.319 Installation of pipe in a ditch.
192.203 Instrument, control, and sampling pipe 192.321 Installation of plastic pipe.
and components. 192.323 Casing.
192.325 Underground clearance.
Subpart E–Welding of Steel in Pipelines 192.327 Cover.
192.221 Scope. Subpart H–Customer Meters, Service Regu-

192.225 Welding procedures. lators, and Service Lines
192.227 Qualification of welders.
192.229 Limitations on welders. 192.351 Scope.
192.231 Protection from weather. 192.353 Customer meters and regulators: Lo-
192.233 Miter joints. cation.
192.235 Preparation for welding. 192.355 Customer meters and regulators:
192.241 Inspection and test of welds. Protection from damage.
192.243 Nondestructive testing. 192.357 Customer meters and regulators: In-
192.245 Repair or removal of defects. stallation.
192.359 Customer meter installations: Operat-
Subpart F–Joining of Materials Other Than ing pressure.
by Welding 192.361 Service lines: Installation.
192.363 Service lines: Valve requirements.
192.271 Scope. 192.365 Service lines: Location of valves.
192.273 General. 192.367 Service lines: General requirements
192.275 Cast iron pipe. for connections to main piping.
192.277 Ductile iron pipe. 192.369 Service lines: Connections to cast
192.279 Copper pipe. iron or ductile iron mains.
192.281 Plastic pipe. 192.371 Service lines: Steel.
192.283 Plastic pipe; qualifying joining proce- 192.373 Service lines: Cast iron and ductile
dures. iron.
192.285 Plastic pipe: Qualifying persons to 192.375 Service lines: Plastic.
make joints. 192.377 Service lines: Copper.
192.287 Plastic pipe: Inspection of joints. 192.379 New service lines not in use.
192.381 Service lines: Excess flow valve per-
Subpart G–General Construction Require- formance standards.
ments for Transmission Lines and Mains 192.383 Excess flow valve customer notifica-
tion
192.301 Scope.
192.303 Compliance with specifications or Subpart I–Requirements for Corrosion Con-
standards. trol
192.305 Inspection: General.
2
192.451 Scope. 192.503 General requirements.

192.452 Applicability to converted pipelines. 192.505 Strength test requirements for steel
192.453 General. pipeline to operate at a hoop stress of
192.455 External corrosion control: Buried or 30 percent or more of SMYS.
submerged pipelines installed after 192.507 Test requirements for pipelines to op-
July 31, 1971. erate at a hoop stress less than 30
192.457 External corrosion control: Buried or percent of SMYS and above 100
submerged pipelines installed before psig.
August 1, 1971. 192.509 Test requirements for pipelines to op-
192.459 External corrosion control: Examina- erate below 100 psig.
tion of buried pipeline when exposed. 192.511 Test requirements for service lines.
192.461 External corrosion control: Protective 192.513 Test requirements for plastic pipelines.
coating. 192.515 Environmental protection and safety
192.463 External corrosion control: Cathodic requirements.
protection. 192.517 Records.
192.465 External corrosion control: Monitor-
ing. Subpart K–Uprating
192.467 External corrosion control: Electrical
isolation. 192.553 General requirements.
192.469 External corrosion control: Test sta- 192.555 Uprating to a pressure that will
tions. 192.551 Scope.produce a hoop stress of 30
192.471 External corrosion control: Test percent or more of SMYS in steel
leads. pipelines.
192.473 External corrosion control: Interfer- 192.557 Uprating: Steel pipelines to a pres-
ence currents. sure that will produce a hoop stress
192.475 Internal corrosion control: General. less than 30 percent of SMYS; plas-
192.477 Internal corrosion control: Monitor- tic, cast iron, and ductile iron pipe-
ing. lines.
192.479 Atmospheric corrosion control: Gen-
eral. Subpart L–Operations
192.481 Atmospheric corrosion control:
Monitoring. 192.601 Scope.
192.483 Remedial measures: General. 192.603 General provisions.
192.485 Remedial measures: Transmission 192.605 Procedural manual for operations,
lines. maintenance, and emergencies.
192.487 Remedial measures: Distribution lines 192.607 Initial determination of class location
other than cast iron or ductile iron and confirmation or establishment of
lines. maximum allowable operating pres-
192.489 Remedial measures: Cast iron and sure.
ductile iron pipelines. 192.609 Change in class location: Required
192.491 Corrosion control records. study.
192.611 Change in class location: Confirma-
Subpart J–Test Requirements tion or revision of maximum allowable
operating pressure.
192.501 Scope.
3
192.612 Underwater inspection and reburial f 192.729 [Removed]

pipelines in the Gulf of Mexico and its 192.731 Compressor stations: Inspection and
inlets. testing of relief devices.
192.613 Continuing surveillance. 192.733 [Removed]
192.614 Damage prevention program. 192.735 Compressor stations: Storage of
192.615 Emergency plans. combustible materials.
192.616 Public education. 192.736 Gas detection and monitoring in com-
192.617 Investigation of failures. pressor station buildings.
192.619 Maximum allowable operating pres- 192.737 [Removed]
sure: Steel or plastic pipelines. 192.739 Pressure limiting and regulating sta-
192.621 Maximum allowable operating pres- tions: Inspection and testing.
sure: High-pressure distribution sys- 192.741 Pressure limiting and regulating sta-
tems. tions: Telemetering or recording
192.623 Maximum and minimum allowable gages.
operating pressure: Low-pressure 192.743 Pressure limiting and regulating sta-
distribution systems. tions: Capacity of relief devices.
192.625 Odorization of gas. 192.745 Valve maintenance: Transmission
192.627 Tapping pipelines under pressure. lines.
192.629 Purging of pipelines. 192.747 Valve maintenance: Distribution sys-
tems.
Subpart M–Maintenance 192.749 Vault maintenance.
192.751 Prevention of accidental ignition.
192.701 Scope. 192.753 Caulked bell and spigot joints.
192.703 General. 192.755 Protecting cast iron pipelines.
192.705 Transmission lines: Patrolling.
192.706 Transmission lines: Leakage surveys. Subpart N–Operator Qualification
192.707 Line markers for mains and transmis-
sion lines. 192.801 Scope.
192.709 Transmission lines: Record keeping. 192.803 Definitions.
192.711 Transmission lines: General require- 192.805 Qualification Program.
ments for repair procedures. 192.807 Recordkeeping.
192.713 Transmission lines: Permanent field 192.809 General.
repair of imperfections and damages.
192.715 Transmission lines: Permanent field Subpart O—Pipeline Integrity Management
repair of welds.
192.717 Transmission lines: Permanent field 192.901 What do the regulations in this subpart
repair of leaks. cover?
192.719 Transmission lines: Testing of repairs. 192.903 What definitions apply to this subpart?
192.721 Distribution systems: Patrolling. 192.905 How does an operator identify a high
192.723 Distribution systems: Leakage sur- consequence area?
veys and procedures. 192.907 What must an operator do to imple-
192.725 Test requirements for reinstating ser- ment this subpart?
vice lines. 192.909 How can an operator change its integ-
192.727 Abandonment or deactivation of fa- rity management program?
cilities.
4
192.911 What are the elements of an integrity 192.949 How does an operator notify OPS?
management program? 192.951 Where does an operator file a report?
192.913 When may an operator deviate its
program from certain requirements of Appendix A – [Reserved]
this subpart?
192.915 What knowledge and training must Appendix B – Qualification of Pipe.
personnel have to carry out an integ-
rity management program? Appendix C – Qualification of Welders for Low
192.917 How does an operator identify poten- Stress Level Pipe.
tial threats to pipeline integrity and use
the threat identification in its integrity Appendix D – Criteria for Cathodic Protection
program? and Determination of Measure-
192.919 What must be in the baseline assessments.
ment plan? Appendix E to Part 192—Guidance on Deter-
192.921 How is the baseline assessment to be mining High Consequence Areas
conducted? and on Carrying Out Require-
192.923 How is direct assessment used and ments in the Integrity Management
for what threats? Rule
192.925 What are the requirements for using
External Corrosion Direct Assessment Authority: 49 U.S.C. 5103,
(ECDA)? 60102, 60104, 60108, 60109,
192.927 What are the requirements for using 60110, 60113, and 60118; and
Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment 49 CFR 1.53.
(ICDA)?
192.929 What are the requirements for using
Direct Assessment for Stress Corro-
sion Cracking (SCCDA)?
192.931 How may Confirmatory Direct As-
sessment (CDA) be used?
192.933 What actions must be taken to ad-
dress integrity issues?
192.935 What additional preventive and miti-
gative measures must an operator
take?
192.937 What is a continual process of evalua-
tion and assessment to maintain a
pipeline's integrity?
192.939 What are the required reassessment in-
tervals?
192.941 What is a low stress reassessment?
192.943 When can an operator deviate from
these reassessment intervals?
192.945 What methods must an operator use
to measure program effectiveness?
192.947 What records must an operator keep?
5
Subpart A–General (5) Onshore gathering of gas within inlets of

the Gulf of Mexico except as provided in §
192.612; or
§192.1 Scope of part. (6) Any pipeline system that transports only
petroleum gas or petroleum gas/air mixtures to—
(a) This part prescribes minimum safety re- (i) Fewer than 10 customers, if no portion of
quirements for pipeline facilities and the transpor- the system is located in a public place; or
tation of gas, including pipeline facilities and the (ii) A single customer, if the system is located
transportation of gas within the limits of the outer entirely on the customer's premises (no matter if a
continental shelf as that term is defined in the portion of the system is located in a public place).
Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C.
1331). [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
(b) This part does not apply to— Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976;
(1) Offshore gathering of gas in State waters Amdt. 192-67, 56 FR 63764, Dec. 5, 1991;
upstream from the outlet flange of each facility Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;
where hydrocarbons are produced or where pro- Amdt. 192-81, 62 FR 61692, Nov. 19, 1997;
duced hydrocarbons are first separated, dehy- Amdt. 192-92, 68 FR 46109, Aug. 5, 2003]
drated, or otherwise processed, whichever facility
is farther downstream;
(2) Pipelines on the Outer Continental Shelf §192.3 Definitions.
(OCS) that are producer-operated and cross into
State waters without first connecting to a trans- As used in this part:
porting operator's facility on the OCS, upstream
(generally seaward) of the last valve on the last Abandoned means permanently removed
production facility on the OCS. Safety equipment from service.
protecting RSPA-regulated pipeline segments is
not excluded. Producing operators for those pipe- Administrator means the Administrator, Re-
line segments upstream of the last valve of the last search and Special Programs Administration or
production facility on the OCS may petition the his or her delegate.
Administrator, or designee, for approval to oper-
ate under RSPA regulations governing pipeline Customer meter means the meter that meas-
design, construction, operation, and maintenance ures the transfer of gas from an operator to a con-
under 49 CFR 190.9. sumer.
(3) Pipelines on the Outer Continental Shelf
upstream of the point at which operating respon- Distribution Line means a pipeline other
sibility transfers from a producing operator to a than a gathering or transmission line.
transporting operator;
(4) Onshore gathering of gas outside of the Exposed underwater pipeline means an
following areas: underwater pipeline where the top of the pipe
(i) An area within the limits of any incorpo- protrudes above the underwater natural bottom
rated or unincorporated city, town, or village. (as determined by recognized and generally ac-
(ii) Any designated residential or commercial cepted practices) in waters less than 15 feet (4.6
area such as a subdivision, business or shopping meters) deep, as measured from mean low water.
center, or community development.
6
Gas means natural gas, flammable gas, or gas

which is toxic or corrosive. Maximum actual operating pressure
means the maximum pressure that occurs during
Gathering Line means a pipeline that trans- normal operations over a period of 1 year
ports gas from a current production facility to a
transmission line or main. Maximum allowable operating pressure
(MAOP) means the maximum pressure at which a
Gulf of Mexico and its inlets means the pipeline or segment of a pipeline may be operated
waters from the mean high water mark of the under this part.
coast of the Gulf of Mexico and its inlets open to
the sea (excluding rivers, tidal marshes, lakes, and Municipality means a city, county, or any
canals) seaward to include the territorial sea and other political subdivision of a State.
Outer Continental Shelf to a depth of 15 feet (4.6
meters), as measured from the mean low water. Offshore means beyond the line of ordinary
low water along that portion of the coast of the
Hazard to navigation means, for the pur- United States that is in direct contact with the
pose of this part, a pipeline where the top of the open seas and beyond the line marking the sea-
pipe is less than 12 inches (305 millimeters) below ward limit of inland waters.
the underwater natural bottom (as determined by
recognized and generally accepted practices) in Operator means a person who engages in the
water less than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep, as transportation of gas.
measured from the mean low water.
Outer Continental Shelf means all sub-
High pressure distribution system means a merged lands lying seaward and outside the area
distribution system in which the gas pressure in the of lands beneath navigable waters as defined in
main is higher than the pressure provided to the Section 2 of the Submerged Lands Act (43
customer. U.S.C. 1301) and of which the subsoil and sea-
bed appertain to the United States and are subject
Line section means a continuous run of to its jurisdiction and control.
transmission line between adjacent compressor
stations, between a compressor station and stor- Person means any individual, firm, joint ven-
age facilities, between a compressor station and a ture, partnership, corporation, association, State,
block valve, or between adjacent block valves. municipality, cooperative association, or joint
stock association, and including any trustee, re-
Listed specification means a specification ceiver, assignee, or personal representative
listed in section I of Appendix B of this part. thereof.
Low-pressure distribution system means a Petroleum gas means propane, propylene,

distribution system in which the gas pressure in the butane, (normal butane or isobutanes), and buty-
main is substantially the same as the pressure pro- lene (including isomers), or mixtures composed
vided to the customer. predominantly of these gases, having a vapor
pressure not exceeding 208 psi (1434 kPa) at
Main means a distribution line that serves as a 100°F (38°C).
common source of supply for more than one ser-
vice line.
7
Pipe means any pipe or tubing used in the State means each of the several States, the
transportation of gas, including pipe-type holders. District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth of
Puerto Rico.
Pipeline means all parts of those physical
facilities through which gas moves in transporta- Transmission line means:
tion, including pipe, valves, and other appurte- (1) A pipeline, other than a gathering line, that:
nance attached to pipe, compressor units, meter- (i) Transports gas from a gathering line, stor-
ing stations, regulator stations, delivery stations, age facility, or another transmission line to a distri-
holders, and fabricated assemblies. bution center, storage facility, or large volume cus-
tomer that is not downstream from a distribution
Pipeline facility means new and existing center;
pipeline, rights-of-way, and any equipment, facil- (ii) Operates at a hoop stress of 20 percent or
ity, or building used in the transportation of gas or more of SMYS; or
in the treatment of gas during the course of trans- (iii) Transports gas within a storage field.
portation. (2) A large volume customer may receive simi-
lar volumes of gas as a distribution center, and in-
Service Line means a distribution line that cludes factories, power plants, and institutional
transports gas from a common source of supply to users of gas.
an individual customer, to two adjacent or adjoin-
ing residential or small commercial customers, or Transportation of gas means the gathering,
to multiple residential or small commercial cus- transmission, or distribution of gas by pipeline or
tomers served through a meter header or mani- the storage of gas, in or affecting interstate or for-
fold. A service line ends at the outlet of the cus- eign commerce.
tomer meter or at the connection to a customer's
piping, whichever is further downstream, or at the [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
connection to customer piping if there is no meter. Amdt. 192-13, 38 FR 9084, Apr. 10, 1973;
Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976;
Service regulator means the device on a Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21, 1988;
service line that controls the pressure of gas deliv- Amdt. 192-67, 56 FR 63764, Dec. 5, 1991;
ered from a higher pressure to the pressure pro- Amdt. 192-72, 59 FR 17281, May 12, 1994;
vided to the customer. A service regulator may Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;
serve one customer or multiple customers through Amdt. 192-81, 62 FR 61692, Nov. 19, 1997;
a meter header or manifold. Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998;
Amdt. 192-89, 65 FR 54440, Sept. 8, 2000;
SMYS means specified minimum yield Amdt. 192-91, 68 FR 11748, Mar. 12,
strength is: 2003;Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15,
2003; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14,
(a) For steel pipe manufactured in accordance 2004; Amdt. 192-98, 69 FR 48400, Aug. 10,
with a listed specification, the yield strength speci- 2004]
fied as a minimum in that specification; or
(b) For steel pipe manufactured in accordance
with an unknown or unlisted specification, the §192.5 Class locations.
yield strength determined in accordance with
§192.107(b)
8
(a) This section classifies pipeline locations for [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by
purposes of this part. The following criteria apply Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976;
to classifications under this section. Amdt. 192-56, 52 FR 32924, Sept. 1, 1987;
(1) A "class location unit" is an onshore area Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;
that extends 220 yards (200 meters) on either Amdt. 192-78B, 61 FR 35139, July 5, 1996;
side of the centerline of any continuous 1-mile Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
(1.6 kilometers) length of pipeline.
(2) Each separate dwelling unit in a multiple
dwelling unit building is counted as a separate
building intended for human occupancy.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of §192.7 Incorporation by re ference.
this section, pipeline locations are classified as
follows: (a) Any documents or portions thereof incor-
(1) A Class 1 location is: porated by reference in this part are included in
(i) An offshore area; or this part as though set out in full. When only a
(ii) Any class location unit that has 10 or portion of a document is referenced, the remain-
fewer buildings intended for human occupancy. der is not incorporated in this part.
(2) A Class 2 location is any class location (b) All incorporated materials are available for
unit that has more than 10 but fewer than 46 inspection in the Research and Special programs
buildings intended for human occupancy. Administration, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Wash-
(3) A Class 3 location is: ington, DC, or at the National Archives and Re-
(i) Any class location unit that has 46 or more cords Administration (NARA). For information on
buildings intended for human occupancy; or the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-
(ii) An area where the pipeline lies within 100 741-6030 or go to:
yards (91 meters) of either a building or a small, http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_
well-defined outside area (such as a playground, federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html. These mate-
recreation area, outdoor theater, or other place of rials have been approved for incorporation by ref-
public assembly) that is occupied by 20 or more erence by the Director of the Federal Register in
persons on at least 5 days a week for 10 weeks in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part
any 12-month period. (The days and weeks need 51. In addition, the incorporated materials are
not be consecutive.) available from the respective organizations listed in
(4) A Class 4 location is any class location paragraph (c) (1) of this section.
unit where buildings with four or more stories (c) The full titles of documents incorporated by
above ground are prevalent. reference, in whole or in part, are provided herein.
(c) The length of Class locations 2, 3, and 4 The numbers in parentheses indicate applicable
may be adjusted as follows: editions. For each incorporated document, cita-
(1) A Class 4 location ends 220 yards (200 tions of all affected sections are provided. Earlier
meters) from the nearest building with four or editions of currently listed documents or editions of
more stories above ground. documents listed in previous editions of 49 CFR
(2) When a cluster of buildings intended for Part 192 may be used for materials and compo-
human occupancy requires a Class 2 or 3 loca- nents designed, manufactured, or installed in ac-
tion, the class location ends 220 yards (200 me- cordance with these earlier documents at the time
ters) from the nearest building in the cluster. they were listed. The user must refer to the appro-
priate previous edition of 49 CFR Part 192 for a
listing of the earlier listed editions or documents.
9
(1) Incorporated by reference (ibr). List of (vi) National Fire Protection Association
Organizations and Addresses. (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101,
(i) American Gas Association (AGA), 400 Quincy, MA 02269-9101.
North Capitol Street, NW, Washington, DC (vii) Plastics Pipe Institute, Inc. (PPI), 1825
20001. Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 680, Washington,
(ii) American Petroleum Institute (API), 1220 DC 20009.
L Street, NW, Washington, DC 20005. (viii) NACE International (NACE), 1440
(iii) American Society for Testing and Materi- South Creek Drive, Houston, TX 77084.
als (ASTM), 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Con- (ix) Gas Technology Institute (GTI), 1700
shohocken, PA 19428. South Mount Prospect Road, Des Plaines, IL
(iv) ASME International (ASME), Three Park 60018.
Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990. (2) Documents incorporated by reference
(v) Manufacturers Standardization Society of (Numbers in Parentheses Indicate Applicable Edi-
the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS), 127 tions).
Park Street, NE, Vienna, VA 22180.
Source and name of referenced material 49 CFR reference

A. American Gas Association (AGA): §§ 192.933(a); 192.485(c).
(1) AGA Pipeline Research Committee,Project PR-3-805, “A
Modified Criterion for Evaluating the Remaining Strength of Cor-
roded Pipe” (AGA PR-3-805-1989).
B. American Petroleum Institute (API): §§ 192.55(e); 192.113; Item I of Appendix B to
(1) API Specification 5L “Specification for Line Pipe” (API part 192.
5L,42nd edition, 2000).
(2) API Recommended Practice 5L1 “Recommended Practice §192.65(a).
for Railroad Transportation of Line Pipe” (4th edition, 1990).
(3) API Specification 6D “Specification for Pipeline Valves §192.145(a).
(Gate, Plug, Ball, and Check Valves)” (21st edition, 1994).
(4) API 1104 “Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities” §§ 192.227(a); 192.229(c)(1); 192.241(c); Item II,
(19th edition, 1999, including its October 31, 2001 errata). Appendix B to part 192.
C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): §§ 192.113;Item I, Appendix B to part 192
(1) ASTM Designation: A 53/A53M-99b “Standard Specifica-
tion for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded
and Seamless” (ASTM A53/A53M-99b).
(2) ASTM Designation: A106 “Standard Specification for §192.113; Item I, Appendix B to part 192.
Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service” (A106-
99).
(3) ASTM Designation: A333/A333M “Standard Specification §192.113; Item I, Appendix B to part 192.
for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low- Temperature Service”
(ASTM A333/A333M-99).
(4) ASTM Designation: A372/A372M “Standard Specification §192.177(b)(1).
for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Thin-Walled Pressure Ve s-
sels” (ASTM A372/A372M-1999).
(5) ASTM Designation: A381 “Standard Specification for §192.113; Item I, Appendix B to part 192.
Metal-Arc-Welded Steel Pipe for Use With High-Pressure Trans-
mission Systems” (ASTM A381-1996).
(6) ASTM Designation: A671 “Standard Specification for Elec- §192.113; Item I, Appendix B to part 192.
tric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower Tem-
10
peratures” (ASTM A671-1996).
(7) ASTM Designation: A672 “Standard Specification for Elec- §192.113; Item I, Appendix B to part 192.
tric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for High-Pre
ssure Service at Moderate Temperatures” (A672-1996).
(8) ASTM Designation: A691 “Standard Specification for Car- §192.113; Item I, Appendix B to part 192.
bon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Electric-Fusion-Welded for High- Pres-
sure Service at High Temperatures” (ASTM A691-1998).
(9) ASTM Designation: D638 “Standard Test Method for Ten- §§ 192.283(a)(3); 192.283(b)(1).
sile Properties of Plastics” (ASTM D638-1999).
(10) ASTM Designation: D2513-87 “Standard Specification for § 192.63(a)(1).
Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings” (ASTM
D2513-1987).
(11) ASTM Designation: D2513 “Standard Specification for §§ 192.191(b); 192.281(b)(2); 192.283(a)(1)(i);
Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings. (D2513- Item I, Appendix B to part 192.
1999).
(12) ASTM Designation: D 2517 “Standard Specification for §§ 192.191(a); 192.281(d)(1); 192.283(a)(1)(ii);
Reinforced Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings” (D2517- Item I, Appendix B to part 192.
2000).
(13) ASTM Designation: F1055 “Standard Specification for § 192.283(a)(1)(iii).

Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter
Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing” (F1055-1998).
D. ASME International (ASME): § 192.147(c).
(1) ASME/ANSI B16.1 “Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged
Fittings” (ASME B16.1-1998).
(2) ASME/ANSI B16.5 “Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings” §§ 192.147(a); 192.279.
(ASME B16.5-1996, including ASME B16.5a-1998 Addenda).
(3) ASME/ANSI B31G “Manual for Determining the Remaining §§ 192.485(c); 192.933(a).
Strength of Corroded Pipelines” (ASME/ANSI B31G-1991).
(4) ASME/ANSI B31.8 “Gas Transmission and Distribution §192.619(a)(1)(i).
Piping Systems” (ASME/ ANSI B31.8-1995).
(5) ASME/ANSI B31.8S “Supplement to B31.8 on Managing §§ 192.903(c); 192.907(b); 192.911, Introductory
System Integrity of Gas Pipelines” (ASME/ANSI B31.8S-2002). text; 192.911(i); 192.911(k); 192.911(l);
192.911(m); 192.913(a) Introductory text;
192.913(b)(1); 192.917(a) Introductory text;
192.917(b); 192.917(c); 192.917(e)(1);
192.917(e)(4); 192.921(a)(1); 192.923(b)(2);
192.923(b)(3); 192.925(b) Introductory text;
102.925(b)(1); 192.925(b)(2); 192.925(b)(3);
192.925(b)(4); 192.927(b); 192.927(c)(1)(i);
192.929(b)(1); 192.929(b)(2); 192.933(a);
192.933(d)(1); 192.933(d)(1)(i); 192.935(a);
192.935(b)(1)(iv); 192.937(c)(1); 192.939(a)(1)(i);
192.939(a)(1)(ii); 192.939(a)(3); 192.945(a).
(6) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, Rules for §§ 192.153(a).
Construction of Power Boilers (ASME Section I-1998).
(7) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Divi- §§ 192.153(a); 192.153(b); 192.153(d);
sion 1, “Rules for Construction of Pressure Ve ssels” (ASME Sec- 192.165(b)(3).
tion VIII Division 1-2001).
(8) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Divi- §§ 192.153(b); 192.165(b)(3).
11
Revision 8/04 – Current thru 192-98
sion 2, “Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels: Alternative
Rules” (ASME Section VIII Division 2-2001).
(9) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, “Weld- §192.227(a); Item II, Appendix B to part 192.
ing and Brazing Qualifications” (ASME Section IX-2001).
E. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings § 192.147(a).
Industry, Inc. (MSS):
(1) MSS SP44-96 “Steel Pipe Line Flanges” (MSS SP-44-1996
including 1996 errata).
(2) [Reserved]
F. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): §192.735(b).
(1) NFPA 30 “Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code”
(NFPA 30-1996).
(2) ANSI/NFPA 58 “Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code (LP-Gas §192.11(a); 192.11(b); 192.11(c).
Code)” (NFPA 58-1998).
(3) ANSI/NFPA 59 “Standard for the storage and Handling of §192.11(a); 192.11(b); 192.11(c).
Liquefied Petroleum Gases at Utility Gas Plants” (NFPA 59-1998).
(4) ANSI/NFPA 70 “National Electrical Code” (NFPA 70-1996). §§ 192.163(e); 192.189(c).
G. Plastics Pipe Institute, Inc. (PPI): §192.121.
(1) PPI TR-3/2000 “Policies and Procedures for Developing
Hydrostatic Design Bases (HDB), Pressure Design Bases (PDB),
and Minimum Required Strength (MRS) Ratings for Thermoplastic
Piping Materials “(PPI TR-3-2000-Part E only, “Policy for Determin-
ing Long Term Strength (LTHS) by Temperature Interpolation)”.
H. NACE International (NACE): §§ 192.923(b)(1); 192.925(b) Introductory text;
(1) NACE Standard RP-0502-2002 “Pipeline External Corrosion 192.925(b)(1); 192.925(b)(1)(ii); 192.925(b)(2)
Direct Assessment Methodology” (NACE RP-0502-2002). Introductory text; 192.925(b)(3) Introductory
text; 192.925(b)(3)(ii); 192.925(b)(iv);
192.925(b)(4) Introductory text;
192.925(b)(4)(ii); 192.931(d); 192.935(b)(1)(iv);
192.939(a)(2).
I. Gas Technology Institute (GTI). (Formerly Gas Research Insti- §§ 192.927(c)(2); 192.7.
tute):
(1) GRI 02/0057 “Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment of Gas
Transmission Pipelines—Methodology” (GRI 02/0057-2002).
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended gathering line must comply with the require-
by Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, ments of this part applicable to transmission
1981; Amdt. 192-51, 51 FR 15333, Apr. 23, lines.
1986; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR, 14519, Mar.
18, 1993; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
6, 1996; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June by Amdt. 192-72, 59 FR 17281, April 12,
14, 2004] 1994; Amdt. 192-94B, 69 FR 18227, April 6,
2004]
§192.9 Gathering lines.

§192.10 Outer continental shelf pipelines.
Except as provided in §§ 192.1 and
192.150, and in subpart O, each operator of a
12
Operators of transportation pipelines on
the Outer Continental Shelf (as defined in the [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C. by Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18,
1331) must identify on all their respective pipe- 1993; Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26,
lines the specific points at which operating re- 1996; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
sponsibility transfers to a producing operator. 1996]
For those instances in which the transfer points
are not identifiable by a durable marking, each
operator will have until September 15, 1998 to 192.12 [Removed]
identify the transfer points. If it is not practica-
ble to durably mark a transfer point and the [Amdt. 192-10, 37 FR 21638, Oct. 13, 1972
transfer point is located above water, the op- as amended by Amdt. 192-36, 45 FR 10769,
erator must depict the transfer point on a sche- Oct. 23, 1980]
matic located near the transfer point. If a
transfer point is located subsea, then the op- §192.13 General.
erator must identify the transfer point on a
schematic which must be maintained at the (a) No person may operate a segment of
nearest upstream facility and provided to pipeline that is readied for service after March
RSPA upon request. For those cases in which 12, 1971, or in the case of an offshore gather-
adjoining operators have not agreed on a ing line, after July 31, 1977, unless:
transfer point by September 15, 1998 the Re- (1) The pipeline has been designed, in-
gional Director and the MMS Regional Super- stalled, constructed; initially inspected, and ini-
visor will make a joint determination of the tially tested in accordance with this part; or
transfer point. (2) The pipeline qualifies for use under this
part in accordance with §192.14.
[Amdt. 192-81, 62 FR 61692, Nov. 19, (b) No person may operate a segment of
1997] pipeline that is replaced, relocated, or other-
wise changed after November 12, 1970, or in
the case of an offshore gathering line, after July
§192.11 Petroleum gas systems. 31, 1977, unless that replacement, relocation,
or change has been made in accordance with
(a) Each plant that supplies petroleum gas this part.
by pipeline to a natural gas distribution system (c) Each operator shall maintain, modify as
must meet the requirements of this part and appropriate, and follow the plans, procedures,
ANSI/NFPA 58 and 59. and programs that it is required to establish
(b) Each pipeline system subject to this under this part.
part that transports only petroleum gas or pe-
troleum gas/air mixtures must meet the re- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
quirements of this part and of ANSI/NFPA 58 by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16,
and 59. 1976; Amdt. 192-30, 42 FR 60146, Nov. 25,
(c) In the event of a conflict between this 1977]
part and ANSI/NFPA 58 and 59,
ANSI/NFPA 58 and 59 prevail.
13
§192.14 Conversion to service subject to "May" means "is permitted to" or "is au-
this part. thorized to."
"May not" means "is not permitted to" or
(a) A steel pipeline previously used in ser- "is not authorized to."
vice not subject to this part qualifies for use "Shall" is used in the mandatory and im-
under this part if the operator prepares and perative sense.
follows a written procedure to carry out the (b) In this part:
following requirements: (1) Words importing the singular include
(1) The design, construction, operation, the plural;
and maintenance history of the pipeline must be (2) Words importing the plural include the
reviewed and, where sufficient historical re- singular; and,
cords are not available, appropriate tests must (3) Words importing the masculine gender
be performed to determine if the pipeline is in a include the feminine.
satisfactory condition for safe operation. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
(2) The pipeline right-of-way, all above-
ground segments of the pipeline, and appropri-
ately selected underground segments must be §192.16 Customer notification.
visually inspected for physical defects and op-
erating conditions which reasonably could be (a) This section applies to each operator of
expected to impair the strength or tightness of a service line who does not maintain the cus-
the pipeline. tomer’s buried piping up to entry of the first
(3) All known unsafe defects and condi- building downstream, or, if the customer’s bur-
tions must be corrected in accordance with this ied piping does not enter a building, up to the
part. principal gas utilization equipment or the first
(4) The pipeline must be tested in accor- fence (or wall) that surrounds that equipment.
dance with Subpart J of this part to substanti- For the purpose of this section, “customer bur-
ate the maximum allowable operating pressure ied piping” does not include branch lines that
permitted by Subpart L of this part. serve yard lanterns, pool heaters, or other
(b) Each operator must keep for the life of types of secondary equipment. Also, “main-
the pipeline a record of investigations, tests, tain” means monitor for corrosion according to
repairs, replacements, and alterations made §192.465 if the customer’s buried piping is
under the requirements of paragraph (a) of this metallic, survey for leaks according to
section. §192.723, and if an unsafe condition is found,
shut off the flow of gas, advise the customer of
[Amdt. 192-30, 42 FR 60146, Nov. 25, the need to repair the unsafe condition, or re-
1977] pair the unsafe condition.
(b) Each operator shall notify each cus-
tomer once in writing of the following informa-
§192.15 Rules of regulatory construction. tion:
(1) The operator does not maintain the
(a) As used in this part: customer’s buried piping.
"Includes" means “including but not limited
to.”
14
(2) If the customer’s buried piping is not
maintained, it may be subject to the potential
hazards of corrosion and leakage.
(3) Buried gas piping should be–
(i) Periodically inspected for leaks;
(ii) Periodically inspected for corrosion if
the piping is metallic; and
(iii) Repaired if any unsafe condition is dis-
covered.
(4) When excavating near buried gas pip-
ing, the piping should be located in advance,
and the excavation done by hand.
(5) The operator (if applicable), plumbing
contractors, and heating contractors can assist
in locating, inspecting, and repairing the cus-
tomer’s buried piping.
(c) Each operator shall notify each cus-
tomer not later than August 14, 1996, or 90
days after the customer first receives gas at a
particular location, whichever is later. How-
ever, operators of master meter systems may
continuously post a general notice in a promi-
nent location frequented by customers.
(d) Each operator must make the following
records available for inspection by the Admin-
istrator or a State agency participating under
40 U.S.C. 60105 or 60106;
(1) A copy of the notice currently in use;
and
(2) Evidence that notices have been sent to
customers within the previous 3 years.
[Amdt. 192-74, 60 FR 41821, Aug. 14, 1995

as amended by Amdt. 192-74A, 60 FR
63450, Dec. 11, 1995; Amdt. 192-84, 63 FR
7721, Feb. 17, 1998]
§192.17 [Reserved]
[Amdt. 192-1, 35 FR 16405, Oct. 21, 1970

as amended by Amdt. 192-38, 48 FR 37250,
July 20, 1981]
15
Subpart B–Materials (b) Used steel pipe is qualified for use un-
der this part if:
(1) It was manufactured in accordance
§192.51 Scope. with a listed specification and it meets the re-
quirements of paragraph II-C of Appendix B
This subpart prescribes minimum require- to this part;
ments for the selection and qualification of pipe (2) It meets the requirements of:
and components for use in pipelines. (i) Section II of Appendix B to this part; or
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (ii) If it was manufactured before Novem-
ber 12, 1970, either section II or III of Ap-
pendix B to this part;
§192.53 General. (3) It has been used in an existing line of
the same or higher pressure and meets the re-
Materials for pipe and components must quirements of paragraph II-C of Appendix B
be: to this part; or
(a) Able to maintain the structural integrity (4) It is used in accordance with paragraph
of the pipeline under temperature and other (c) of this section.
environmental conditions that may be antici- (c) New or used steel pipe may be used at
pated; a pressure resulting in a hoop stress of less than
(b) Chemically compatible with any gas 6,000 psi (41 Mpa) where no close coiling or
that they transport and with any other material close bending is to be done, if visual examina-
in the pipeline with which they are in contact; tion indicates that the pipe is in good condition
and, and that it is free of split seams and other de-
(c) Qualified in accordance with the appli- fects that would cause leakage. If it is to be
cable requirements of this subpart. welded, steel pipe that has not been manufac-
tured to a listed specification must also pass the
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] weldability tests prescribed in paragraph II-B
of Appendix B to this part.
(d) Steel pipe that has not been previously
§192.55 Steel pipe. used may be used as replacement pipe in a
segment of pipeline if it has been manufactured
(a) New steel pipe is qualified for use un- prior to November 12, 1970, in accordance
der this part if: with the same specification as the pipe used in
(1) It was manufactured in accordance constructing that segment of pipeline.
with a listed specification; (e) New steel pipe that has been cold ex-
(2) It meets the requirements of– panded must comply with the mandatory pro-
(i) Section II of Appendix B to this part; or visions of API Specification 5L.
(ii) If it was manufactured before Novem-
ber 12, 1970, either section II or III of Ap- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
pendix B to this part; or by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17,
(3) It is used in accordance with paragraph 1970; Amdt. 192-12, 38 FR 4760, Feb. 22,
(c) or (d) of this section. 1973; Amdt. 192-51, 51 FR 15333, Apr. 23,
1986; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18,
16
1993; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
1998] by Amdt. 192-19, 40 FR 10472, Mar. 6,
1975; Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21,
§192.57 [Removed and Reserved] 1988]
[5 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by §192.61 [Removed and Reserved]

Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989]
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
§192.59 Plastic pipe. by Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989]
(a) New plastic pipe is qualified for use §192.63 Marking of materials.
under this part if:
(1) It is manufactured in accordance with a (a) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of
listed specification; and this section, each valve, fitting, length of pipe,
(2) It is resistant to chemicals with which and other component must be marked–
contact may be anticipated. (1) As prescribed in the specification or
(b) Used plastic pipe is qualified for use standard to which it was manufactured, except
under this part if: that thermoplastic fittings must be marked in
(1) It was manufactured in accordance accordance with ASTM D 2513; or
with a listed specification; (2) To indicate size, material, manufacturer,
(2) It is resistant to chemicals with which pressure rating, and temperature rating, and as
contact may be anticipated; appropriate, type, grade, and model.
(3) It has been used only in natural gas ser- (b) Surfaces of pipe and components that
vice. are subject to stress from internal pressure may
(4) Its dimensions are still within the toler- not be field die stamped.
ances of the specification to which it was (c) If any item is marked by die stamping,
manufactured; and, the die must have blunt or rounded edges that
(5) It is free of visible defects. will minimize stress concentrations.
(c) For the purpose of paragraphs (a)(1) (d) Paragraph (a) of this section does not
and (b)(1) of this section, where pipe of a di- apply to items manufactured before November
ameter included in a listed specification is im- 12, 1970, that meet all of the following:
practical to use, pipe of a diameter between (1) The item is identifiable as to type,
the sizes included in a listed specification may manufacturer, and model.
be used if it: (2) Specifications or standards giving pres-
(1) Meets the strength and design criteria sure, temperature, and other appropriate crite-
required of pipe included in that listed specifi- ria for the use of items are readily available.
cation; and
(2) Is manufactured from plastic com- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
pounds which meet the criteria for material re- by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17,
quired of pipe included in that listed specifica- 1970; Amdt. 192-31, 43 FR 13883, Apr. 3,
tion. 1978; Amdt. 192-61, 53 FR 36793, Sept. 22,
1988; Amdt. 192-61A, 54 FR 32642, Aug. 9,
1989; Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5627, Feb. 6,
17
1989; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18,
1993; Amdt. 192-76, 61 FR 26121, May 25,
1996; Amdt. 192-76A, 61 FR 36825, July
15, 1996]
192.65 Transportation of pipe.
In a pipeline to be operated at a hoop

stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS, an op-
erator may not use pipe having an outer diame-
ter to wall thickness ratio of 70 to 1, or more,
that is transported by railroad unless:
(a) The transportation is performed in ac-
cordance with API RP 5L1.
(b) In the case of pipe transported before
November 12, 1970, the pipe is tested in ac-
cordance with subpart J of this part to at least
1.25 times the maximum allowable operating
pressure if it is to be installed in a class 1 loca-
tion and to at least 1.5 times the maximum al-
lowable operating pressure if it is to be installed
in a class 2, 3, or 4 location. Notwithstanding
any shorter time period permitted under sub-
part J of this part, the test pressure must be
maintained for at least 8 hours.
[Amdt. 192-12, 38 FR 4760, Feb. 22, 1973,

Feb. 11, 1975; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519,
Mar. 18, 1993]
18
Subpart C–Pipe Design F =Design factor determined in accor-
dance with §192.111.
E =Longitudinal joint factor determined in
§192.101 Scope. accordance with §192.113.
T= Temperature derating factor de-
This subpart prescribes the minimum re- termined in accordance with
quirements for the design of pipe. §192.115.
(b) If steel pipe that has been subjected to
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] cold expansion to meet the SMYS is subse-
quently heated, other than by welding or stress
relieving as a part of welding, the design pres-
§192.103 General. sure is limited to 75 percent of the pressure
determined under paragraph (a) of this section
Pipe must be designed with sufficient wall if the temperature of the pipe exceeds 900°F
thickness, or must be installed with adequate (482°C) at any time or is held above 600°F
protection, to withstand anticipated external (316°C) for more than one hour.
pressures and loads that will be imposed on the [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended
pipe after installation. by Amdt. 192-47, 49 FR 7569, May. 1,
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] 1984; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
1998]
§192.105 Design formula for steel pipe.

§192.107 Yield strength (S) for steel pipe.
(a) The design pressure for steel pipe is
determined in accordance with the following (a) For pipe that is manufactured in accor-
formula: dance with a specification listed in section I of
Appendix B of this part, the yield strength to
P = (2 St/D) x F x E x T be used in the design formula in §192.105 is
the SMYS stated in the listed specification, if
P= Design pressure in pounds per that value is known.
square inch (kPa) gage. (b) For pipe that is manufactured in accor-
S = Yield strength in pounds per square dance with a specification not listed in section I
inch (kPa) determined in accordance of Appendix B to this part or whose specifica-
with §192.107. tion or tensile properties are unknown, the
D =Nominal outside diameter of the pipe yield strength to be used in the design formula
in inches (millimeters). in §192.105 is one of the following:
t = Nominal wall thickness of the pipe in (1) If the pipe is tensile tested in accor-
inches. If this is unknown, it is deter- dance with section II-D of Appendix B to this
mined in accordance with §192.109. part, the lower of the following:
Additional wall thickness required for (i) 80 percent of the average yield strength
concurrent external loads in accor- determined by the tensile tests.
dance with §192.103 may not be in- (ii) The lowest yield strength determined by
cluded in computing design pressure. the tensile tests.
19
(2) If the pipe is not tensile tested as pro- (a) Except as otherwise provided in para-
vided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, graphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, the de-
24,000 psi (165 Mpa). sign factor to be used in the design formula in
§192.105 is determined in accordance with the
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended following table:
by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
1996; Amdt. 192-84, 63 FR 7721, Feb. 17, Class location Design factor
1998; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, (F)
1 0.72
1998] 2 0.60
3 0.50
4 0.40
§192.109 Nominal wall thickness (t) for
steel pipe. (b) A design factor of 0.60 or less must be
used in the design formula in §192.105 for
(a) If the nominal wall thickness for steel steel pipe in Class 1 locations that:
pipe is not known, it is determined by measur- (1) Crosses the right-of-way of an unim-
ing the thickness of each piece of pipe at quar- proved public road, without a casing;
ter points on one end. (2) Crosses without a casing, or makes a
(b) However, if the pipe is of uniform parallel encroachment on, the right-of-way of
grade, size, and thickness and there are more either a hard surfaced road, a highway, a pub-
than 10 lengths, only 10 percent of the individ- lic street, or a railroad;
ual lengths, but not less than 10 lengths, need (3) Is supported by a vehicular, pedestrian,
be measured. The thickness of the lengths that railroad, or pipeline bridge; or
are not measured must be verified by applying (4) Is used in a fabricated assembly, (in-
a gauge set to the minimum thickness found by cluding separators, mainline valve assemblies,
the measurement. The nominal wall thickness cross-connections, and river crossing headers)
to be used in the design formula in §192.105 is or is used within five pipe diameters in any di-
the next wall thickness found in commercial rection from the last fitting of a fabricated as-
specifications that is below the average of all sembly, other than a transition piece or an el-
the measurements taken. However, the nomi- bow used in place of a pipe bend which is not
nal wall thickness used may not be more than associated with a fabricated assembly.
1.14 times the smallest measurement taken on (c) For Class 2 locations, a design factor
pipe less than 20 inches (508 millimeters) in of 0.50, or less, must be used in the design for-
outside diameter, nor more than 1.11 times the mula in §192.105 for uncased steel pipe that
smallest measurement taken on pipe 20 inches crosses the right-of-way of a hard surfaced
(508 millimeters) or more in outside diameter. road, a highway, a public street, or a railroad.
(d) For Class 1 and Class 2 locations, a
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended design factor of 0.50, or less, must be used in
by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, the design formula in §192.105 for–
1998] (1) Steel pipe in a compressor station,
regulating station, or measuring station, and
§192.111 Design factor (F) for steel pipe.
20
(2) Steel pipe, including a pipe riser, on a Electric 1.00
platform located offshore or in inland navigable resistance
welded
waters. Electric 1.00
flash
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended welded
by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, Sub- 1.00
merged
1976] arc
welded
Furnace 0.60
§192.113 Longitudinal joint factor (E) for butt
welded
steel pipe.
Other Pipe over 0.80
4 inches
The longitudinal joint factor to be used in (102 mil-
the design formula in §192.105 is determined limeters)
in accordance with the following table: Other Pipe 4 0.60
inches
(102 mil-
Longitudinal limeters)
Specification Pipe Joint Factor or less
Class (E)
If the type of longitudinal joint cannot be de-
ASTM Seamless 1.00
Electric 1.00 termined, the joint factor to be used must not
resistance exceed that designated for "Other."
welded
Furnace 0.60 [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
butt
welded by Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2,
ASTM A106 Seamless 1.00 1981; Amdt. 192-51, 51 FR 15333, Apr. 23,
ASTM Seamless 1.00 1986; Amdt. 192-62 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6,
A333/A333M 1989; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18,
Electric 1.00
1993; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
resistance
welded 1998]
ASTM A381 Double 1.00
sub-
merged §192.115 Temperature derating factor (T)
arc
welded for steel pipe.
ASTM A671 Electric- 1.00
fusion The temperature derating factor to be used
welded in the design formula in §192.105 is deter-
ASTM A672 Electric- 1.00
mined as follows:
fusion
welded
ASTM A691 Electric- 1.00 Gas Temperature in Temperature derating
fusion degrees Fahrenheit factor (T)
welded (Celsius)
API 5L Seamless 1.00 250 (121)or less 1.000
300 (149) 0.967
350 (177) 0.933
21
400 (204) 0.900 established at the specified tem-
450 (232) 0.867 perature, the HDB of a higher
For intermediate gas temperatures, the derating temperature may be used in deter-
factor is determined by interpolation. mining a design pressure rating at
the specified temperature by arith-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended metic interpolation using the pro-
by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, cedure in Part E of PPI TR-
1998] 3/2000 entitled, Policy for Deter-
mining Long-Term Strength
(LTHS) by Temperature Interpola-
§192.117 [Reserved] tion, as published in the technical
Report TR-3/2000
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended “HDB/PDB/MRS Policies”, (ibr,
by Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, see §192.7). For reinforced ther-
1981 and 46 FR 10706, Feb. 4, 1981, effec- mosetting plastic pipe, 11,000 psig
tive Mar. 31, 1981; Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR (75,842 kPa).
5625, Feb. 6, 1989] t= Specified wall thickness, mm (in.)
D = Specified outside diameter, mm
§192.119 [Reserved] (in.)
SDR = Standard dimension ratio, the ratio
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended of the average specified outside di-
by Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989] ameter to the minimum specified
wall thickness, corresponding to a
value from a common numbering
§192.121 Design of plastic pipe. system that was derived from the
American National Standards In-
Subject to the limitations of §192.123, the stitute preferred number series 10.
design pressure for plastic pipe is determined in
accordance with either of the following formu- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
las: by Amdt. 192-31, 43 FR 13883, Apr. 3,
1978; 43 FR 43308, Sept. 25, 1978; Amdt.
t
P = 2S 0.32 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996; Amdt.
(D − t) 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt.
2S 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004]
P= 0.32
( SDR − 1)
P= Design pressure, gage, kPa (psi).
S= For thermoplastic pipe, the HDB §192.123 Design limitations for plastic
determined in accordance with the pipe.
listed specification at a temperature
equal to 73 ºF (23ºC), 100ºF (a) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of
(38ºC), 120ºF (49ºC), or 140ºF this section, the design pressure may not ex-
(60ºC). In the absence an HDB ceed a gauge pressure of 125 psig (862 kPa)
for plastic pipe used in:
22
(1) Distribution systems; or (4) The design pressure is determined in
(2) Classes 3 and 4 locations. accordance with the design equation defined in
(b) Plastic pipe may not be used where §192.121.
operating temperatures of the pipe will be:
(1) Below -20°F (-29°C), or -40°F (- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
40°C) if all pipe and pipeline components by Amdt. 192-31, 43 FR 13883, Apr. 3,
whose operating temperature will be below - 1978; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
20°F (-29°C) have a temperature rating by the 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
manufacturer consistent with that operating 1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15,
temperature; or 2003; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14,
(2) Above the following applicable tem- 2004]
peratures:
(i) For thermoplastic pipe, the temperature
at which the HDB used in the design formula §192.125 Design of copper pipe.
under §192.121 is determined.
(ii) For reinforced thermosetting plastic (a) Copper pipe used in mains must have a
pipe, 150°F (66°C). minimum wall thickness of 0.065 inches (1.65
(c) The wall thickness for thermoplastic millimeters) and must be hard drawn.
pipe may not be less than 0.062 inch (1.57 (b) Copper pipe used in service lines must
millimeters). have wall thickness not less than that indicated
(d) The wall thickness for reinforced ther- in following table:
mosetting plastic pipe may not be less than that
listed in the following table: Stan- Nominal. Wall thickness (inch)
dard (millimeter)
size O.D. Nominal Tolerance
Normal size in Minimum wall thickness in
(inch) (inch)
inches inches
(millime- (millime-
(millimeters) (millimeters)
ter) ter)
2 (51) 0.060 (1.52)
½ (13) 0.625 (16) .040 .0035
3 (76) 0.060 (1.52)
(1.06) (.0889)
4 (102) 0.070 (1.78)
5/8 (16) 0.750 (19) .042 .0035
6 (152) 0.100 (2.54)
(1.07) (.0889)
¾ (19) 0.875 (22) .045 .0040
(e) The design pressure for thermoplastic (1.14) (.102)
pipe produced after July 14, 2004 may exceed 1 (25) 1.125 (29) .050 .0040
(1.27) (.102)
a gauge pressure of 100 psig (689 kPa) pro-
1¼ (32) 1.375 (35) .055 .0045
vided that: (1.40) (.1143)
(1) The design pressure does not exceed 1½ (38) 1.625 (41) .060 .0045
125 psig (862 kPa); (1.52) (.1143)
(2) The material is a PE2406 or a PE3408
as specified within ASTM D2513 (ibr, see (c) Copper pipe used in mains and service
§192.7); lines may not be used at pressures in excess of
(3) The pipe size is nominal pipe size (IPS) 100 psi (689 kPa) gage.
12 or less; and (d) Copper pipe that does not have an in-
ternal corrosion resistant lining may not be used
23
to carry gas that has an average hydrogen sul-
fide content of more than 0.3 grains/100 ft3
(6.9/m3) under standard conditions. Standard
conditions refers to 60ºF and 14.7 psia
(15.6ºC and one atmosphere).

by Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989;
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
24
Subpart D–Design of Pipeline exists which might impair the strength or tight-
Components ness of the component; and
(b) The edition of the document under
§192.141 Scope. which the component was manufactured has
equal or more stringent requirements for the
This subpart prescribes minimum require- following as an edition of that document cur-
ments for the design and installation of pipeline rently or previously listed in §192.7 or appen-
components and facilities. In addition, it pre- dix B of this part:
scribes requirements relating to protection (1) Pressure testing;
against accidental overpressuring. (2) Materials; and,
(3) Pressure and temperature ratings.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
[Amdt. 192-45, 48 FR 30637, July 5, 1983;
Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004]
§192.143 General requirements.
Each component of a pipeline must be able §192.145 Valves.

to withstand operating pressures and other an-
ticipated loadings without impairment of its ser- (a) Except for cast iron and plastic valves,
viceability with unit stresses equivalent to those each valve must meet the minimum require-
allowed for comparable material in pipe in the ments of API 6D (ibr, see §192.7), or to a
same location and kind of service. However, if national or international standard that provides
design based upon unit stresses is impractical an equivalent performance level. A valve may
for a particular component, design may be not be used under operating conditions that
based upon a pressure rating established by the exceed the applicable pressure-temperature
manufacturer by pressure testing that compo- ratings contained in those requirements.
nent or a prototype of the component. (b) Each cast iron and plastic valve must
comply with the following:
[Amdt. 192-48, 49 CFR 19823, May 10, (1) The valve must have a maximum ser-
1984] vice pressure rating for temperatures that equal
or exceed the maximum service temperature.
(2) The valve must be tested as part of the
§192.144 Qualifying metallic components. manufacturing, as follows:
(i) With the valve in the fully open position,
Notwithstanding any requirement of this the shell must be tested with no leakage to a
subpart which incorporates by reference an pressure at least 1.5 times the maximum ser-
edition of a document listed in §192.7 or Ap- vice rating.
pendix B of this part, a metallic component (ii) After the shell test, the seat must be
manufactured in accordance with any other tested to a pressure no less than 1.5 times the
edition of that document is qualified for use maximum service pressure rating. Except for
under this part if— swing check valves, test pressure during the
(a) It can be shown through visual inspec- seat test must be applied successively on each
tion of the cleaned component that no defect
25
side of the closed valve with the opposite side (b) Each flange assembly must be able to
open. No visible leakage is permitted. withstand the maximum pressure at which the
(iii) After the last pressure test is com- pipeline is to be operated and to maintain its
pleted, the valve must be operated through its physical and chemical properties at any tem-
full travel to demonstrate freedom from inter- perature to which it is anticipated that it might
ference. be subjected in service.
(c) Each valve must be able to meet the (c) Each flange on a flanged joint in cast
anticipated operating conditions. iron pipe must conform in dimensions, drilling,
(d) No valve having shell components face and gasket design to ASME/ANSI B16.1
made of ductile iron may be used at pressures and be cast integrally with the pipe, valve, or
exceeding 80 percent of the pressure ratings fitting.
for comparable steel valves at their listed tem-
perature. However, a valve having shell com- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
ponents made of ductile iron may be used at by Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989;
pressures up to 80 percent of the pressure rat- Amdt. 192-68, 54 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993]
ings for comparable steel valves at their listed
temperature, if:
(1) The temperature-adjusted service pres- §192.149 Standard fittings.
sure does not exceed 1,000 psi (7 MPa) gage;
and (a) The minimum metal thickness of
(2) Welding is not used on any ductile iron threaded fittings may not be less than specified
component in the fabrication of the valve shells for the pressures and temperatures in the appli-
or their assembly. cable standards referenced in this part, or their
(e) No valve having pressure containing equivalent.
parts made of ductile iron may be used in the (b) Each steel butt-welding fitting must
gas pipe components of compressor stations. have pressure and temperature ratings based
on stresses for pipe of the same or equivalent
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19,1970, as amended material. The actual bursting strength of the
by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, fitting must at least equal the computed bursting
1970; Amdt. 192-22, 41 FR 13590, Mar. 31, strength of pipe of the designated material and
1976; Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10159, Feb. 2, wall thickness, as determined by a prototype
1981; Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, that was tested to at least the pressure required
1989; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, for the pipeline to which it is being added.
1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14,
2004] [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
§192.147 Flanges and flange accessories.
(a) Each flange or flange accessory (other

than cast iron) must meet the minimum re-
quirements of ASME/ ANSI B16.5, MSS SP- §192.150 Passage of internal inspe ction
44, or the equivalent. devices.
26
construct to accommodate the passage of in-
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) strumented internal inspection devices.
and (c) of this section, each new transmission (c) An operator encountering emergencies,
line and each replacement of line pipe, valve, construction time constraints or other unfore-
fitting, or other line component in a transmission seen construction problems need not construct
line must be designed and constructed to ac- a new or replacement segment of a transmis-
commodate the passage of instrumented internal sion line to meet paragraph (a) of this section, if
inspection devices. the operator determines and documents why
(b) This section does not apply to: an impracticability prohibits compliance with
(1) Manifolds; paragraph (a) of this section. Within 30 days
(2) Station piping such as at compressor after discovering the emergency or construction
stations, meter stations, or regulator stations; problem the operator must petition, under
(3) Piping associated with storage facilities, §190.9 of this chapter, for approval that design
other than a continuous run of transmission line and construction to accommodate passage of
between a compressor station and storage fa- instrumented internal inspection devices would
cilities; be impracticable. If the petition is denied,
(4) Cross-overs; within 1 year after the date of the notice of the
(5) Sizes of pipe for which an instrumented denial, the operator must modify that segment
internal inspection device is not commercially to allow passage of instrumented internal in-
available; spection devices.
(6) Transmission lines, operated in con-
junction with a distribution system which are [Amdt. 192-72, 59 FR 17275, Apr. 12,
installed in Class 4 locations; 1994as amended by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR
(7) Offshore transmission lines, except 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-97, 69 FR
transmission lines 10¾ inches (273 millimeters) 36024, June 28, 2004]
or more in outside diameter on which construc-
tion begins after December 28, 2005, that run
from platform to platform or platform to shore §192.151 Tapping.
unless—
(i) Platform space or configuration is in- (a) Each mechanical fitting used to make a
compatible with launching or retrieving instru- hot tap must be designed for at least the oper-
mented internal inspection devices; or ating pressure of the pipeline.
(ii) If the design includes taps for lateral (b) Where a ductile iron pipe is tapped, the
connections, the operator can demonstrate, extent of full-thread engagement and the need
based on investigation or experience, that there for the use of outside-sealing service connec-
is no reasonably practical alternative under the tions, tapping saddles, or other fixtures must be
design circumstances to the use of a tap that determined by service conditions.
will obstruct the passage of instrumented inter- (c) Where a threaded tap is made in cast
nal inspection devices; and iron or ductile iron pipe, the diameter of the
(8) Other piping that, under §190.9 of this tapped hole may not be more than 25 percent
chapter, the Administrator finds in a particular of the nominal diameter of the pipe unless the
case would be impracticable to design and pipe is reinforced, except that
27
(1) Existing taps may be used for replace- (4) Prefabricated units that the manufac-
ment service, if they are free of cracks and turer certifies have been tested to at least twice
have good threads; and the maximum pressure to which they will be
(2) A 1¼-inch (32 millimeters) tap may be subjected under the anticipated operating con-
made in a 4-inch (102 millimeters) cast iron or ditions.
ductile iron pipe, without reinforcement. (c) Orange-peel bull plugs and orange-peel
swages may not be used on pipelines that are
However, in areas where climate, soil, and to operate at a hoop stress of 20 percent or
service conditions may create unusual external more of the SMYS of the pipe.
stresses on cast iron pipe, unreinforced taps (d) Except for flat closures designed in ac-
may be used only on 6-inch (152 millimeters) cordance with section VIII of the ASME
or larger pipe. Boiler and Pressure Code, flat closures and
fish tails may not be used on pipe that either
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended operates at 100 psi (689 kPa) gage, or more,
by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, or is more than 3 inches (76 millimeters) nomi-
1998] nal diameter.

§192.153 Components fabricated by weld- by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17,
ing. 1970; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18,
1993; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
(a) Except for branch connections and as- 1998 ]
semblies of standard pipe and fittings joined by
circumferential welds, the design pressure of
each component fabricated by welding, whose §192.155 Welded branch conne ctions.
strength cannot be determined, must be estab-
lished in accordance with paragraph UG-101 Each welded branch connection made to
of section VIII, Division 1, of the ASME pipe in the form of a single connection, or in a
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. header or manifold as a series of connections,
(b) Each prefabricated unit that uses plate must be designed to ensure that the strength of
and longitudinal seams must be designed, con- the pipeline system is not reduced, taking into
structed, and tested in accordance with section account the stresses in the remaining pipe wall
VIII, Division 1, or section VIII, Division 2 of due to the opening in the pipe or header, the
the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, shear stresses produced by the pressure acting
except for the following: on the area of the branch opening, and any ex-
(1) Regularly manufactured butt-welding ternal loadings due to thermal movement,
fittings. weight, and vibration.
(2) Pipe that has been produced and tested
under a specification listed in Appendix B to [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
this part.
(3) Partial assemblies such as split rings or
collars.
28
(c) Each support or anchor on an exposed
§192.157 Extruded outlets. pipeline must be made of durable, noncombus-
tible material and must be designed and in-
Each extruded outlet must be suitable for stalled as follows:
anticipated service conditions and must be at (1) Free expansion and contraction of the
least equal to the design strength of the pipe pipeline between supports or anchors may not
and other fittings in the pipeline to which it is be restricted.
attached. (2) Provision must be made for the service
conditions involved.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (3) Movement of the pipeline may not
cause disengagement of the support equipment.
(d) Each support on an exposed pipeline
§192.159 Flexibility. operated at a stress level of 50 percent or
more of SMYS must comply with the follow-
Each pipeline must be designed with ing:
enough flexibility to prevent thermal expansion (1) A structural support may not be
or contraction from causing excessive stresses welded directly to the pipe.
in the pipe or components, excessive bending (2) The support must be provided by a
or unusual loads at joints, or undesirable forces member that completely encircles the pipe.
or moments at points of connection to equip- (3) If an encircling member is welded to a
ment, or at anchorage or guide points. pipe, the weld must be continuous and cover
the entire circumference.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (e) Each underground pipeline that is con-
nected to a relatively unyielding line or other
fixed object must have enough flexibility to
§192.161 Supports and anchors. provide for possible movement, or it must have
an anchor that will limit the movement of the
(a) Each pipeline and its associated equip- pipeline.
ment must have enough anchors or supports to: (f) Except for offshore pipelines, each un-
(1) Prevent undue strain on connected derground pipeline that is being connected to
equipment; new branches must have a firm foundation for
(2) Resist longitudinal forces caused by a both the header and the branch to prevent det-
bend or offset in the pipe; and, rimental lateral and vertical movement.
(3) Prevent or damp out excessive vibra-
tion. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
(b) Each exposed pipeline must have by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16,
enough supports or anchors to protect the ex- 1976; Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21,
posed pipe joints from the maximum end force 1988]
caused by internal pressure and any additional
forces caused by temperature expansion or
contraction or by the weight of the pipe and its §192.163 Compressor stations: Design
contents. and construction.
29
(a) Location of compressor building. (e) Electrical facilities. Electrical equip-
Except for a compressor building on a platform ment and wiring installed in compressor sta-
located offshore or in inland navigable waters, tions must conform to the National Electrical
each main compressor building of a compres- Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, so far as that code is
sor station must be located on property under applicable.
the control of the operator. It must be far
enough away from adjacent property, not un- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
der control of the operator, to minimize the by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16,
possibility of fire being communicated to the 1976; Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2,
compressor building from structures on adja- 1981; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18,
cent property. There must be enough open 1993; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
space around the main compressor building to 1998]
allow the free movement of fire-fighting equip-
ment. §192.165 Compressor stations:
(b) Building construction. Each building Liquid removal.
on a compressor station site must be made of
noncombustible materials if it contains either– (a) Where entrained vapors in gas may
(1) Pipe more than 2 inches (51 millime- liquefy under the anticipated pressure and tem-
ters) in diameter that is carrying gas under perature conditions, the compressor must be
pressure; or protected against the introduction of those liq-
(2) Gas handling equipment other than gas uids in quantities that could cause damage.
utilization equipment used for domestic pur- (b) Each liquid separator used to remove
poses. entrained liquids at a compressor station must:
(c) Exits. Each operating floor of a main (1) Have a manually operable means of
compressor building must have at least two removing these liquids.
separated and unobstructed exits located so as (2) Where slugs of liquid could be carried
to provide a convenient possibility of escape into the compressors, have either automatic
and an unobstructed passage to a place of liquid removal facilities, an automatic compres-
safety. Each door latch on an exit must be of a sor shutdown device, or a high liquid level
type which can be readily opened from the in- alarm; and,
side without a key. Each swinging door lo- (3) Be manufactured in accordance with
cated in an exterior wall must be mounted to section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
swing outward. Vessel Code, except that liquid separators
(d) Fenced areas. Each fence around a constructed of pipe and fittings without internal
compressor station must have at least two welding must be fabricated with a design factor
gates located so as to provide a convenient of 0.4, or less.
opportunity for escape to a place of safety, or
have other facilities affording a similarly con- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
venient exit from the area. Each gate located
within 200 feet (61 meters) of any compressor
plant building must open outward and, when §192.167 Compressor stations:
occupied, must be openable from the inside Emergency shutdown.
without a key.
30
(a) Except for unattended field compressor (i) When the gas pressure equals the
stations of 1,000 horsepower (746 kilowatts) maximum allowable operating pressure plus 15
or less, each compressor station must have an percent or
emergency shutdown system that meets the (ii) When an uncontrolled fire occurs on the
following: platform; and
(1) It must be able to block gas out of the (2) In the case of a compressor station in a
station and blow down the station piping. building:
(2) It must discharge gas from the blow- (i) When an uncontrolled fire occurs in the
down piping at a location where the gas will building; or
not create a hazard. (ii) When the concentration of gas in air
(3) It must provide means for the shutdown reaches 50 percent or more of the lower ex-
of gas compressing equipment, gas fires, and plosive limit in a building which has a source of
electrical facilities in the vicinity of gas headers ignition.
and in the compressor building, except, that:
(i) Electrical circuits that supply emergency For the purpose of paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of
lighting required to assist station personnel in this section, an electrical facility which con-
evacuating the compressor building and the forms to Class 1, Group D of the National
area in the vicinity of the gas headers must re- Electrical Code is not a source of ignition.
main energized; and
(ii) Electrical circuits needed to protect [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
equipment from damage may remain energized. by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34605, Aug. 16,
(4) It must be operable from at least two 1976; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
locations, each of which is: 1998]
(i) Outside the gas area of the station;
(ii) Near the exit gates, if the station is
fenced, or near emergency exits, if not fenced; §192.169 Compressor stations: Pre ssure
and, limiting devices.
(iii) Not more than 500 feet (153 meters)
from the limits of the station. (a) Each compressor station must have
(b) If a compressor station supplies gas pressure relief or other suitable protective de-
directly to a distribution system with no other vices of sufficient capacity and sensitivity to
adequate source of gas available, the emer- ensure that the maximum allowable operating
gency shutdown system must be designed so pressure of the station piping and equipment is
that it will not function at the wrong time and not exceeded by more than 10 percent.
cause an unintended outage on the distribution (b) Each vent line that exhausts gas from
system. the pressure relief valves of a compressor sta-
(c) On a platform located offshore or in tion must extend to a location where the gas
inland navigable waters, the emergency shut- may be discharged without hazard.
down system must be designed and installed to
actuate automatically by each of the following [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
events:
(1) In the case of an unattended compres-
sor station:
31
§192.171 Compressor stations: Addi- §192.175 Pipe -type and bottle-type hold-
tional safety equipment. ers.
(a) Each compressor station must have (a) Each pipe-type and bottle-type holder
adequate fire protection facilities. If fire pumps must be designed so as to prevent the accumu-
are a part of these facilities, their operation may lation of liquids in the holder, in connecting
not be affected by the emergency shutdown pipe, or in auxiliary equipment, that might cause
system. corrosion or interfere with the safe operation of
(b) Each compressor station prime mover, the holder.
other than an electrical induction or synchro- (b) Each pipe-type or bottle-type holder
nous motor, must have an automatic device to must have minimum clearance from other hold-
shut down the unit before the speed of either ers in accordance with the following formula:
the prime mover or the driven unit exceeds a
maximum safe speed. C = (D x P x F)/48.33)
(c) Each compressor unit in a compressor
station must have a shutdown or alarm device (C = (3D x P x F)/1,000)
that operates in the event of inadequate cooling
or lubrication of the unit. in which:
(d) Each compressor station gas engine
that operates with pressure gas injection must C= Minimum clearance between pipe
be equipped so that stoppage of the engine containers or bottles in inches (mil-
automatically shuts off the fuel and vents the limeters).
engine distribution manifold. D= Outside diameter of pipe contain-
(e) Each muffler for a gas engine in a com- ers or bottles in inches (millime-
pressor station must have vent slots or holes in ters).
the baffles of each compartment to prevent gas P= Maximum allowable operating
from being trapped in the muffler. pressure, psi (kPa) gage.
F= Design factor as set forth in
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] §192.111 of this part.

§192.173 Compressor stations: by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
Ventilation. 1998]
Each compressor station building must be

ventilated to ensure that employees are not en- §192.177 Additional provisions for bottle-
dangered by the accumulation of gas in rooms, type holders.
sumps, attics, pits, or other enclosed places.
(a) Each bottle-type holder must be–
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (1) Located on a site entirely surrounded
by fencing that prevents access by unauthor-
ized persons and with minimum clearance from
the fence as follows:
32
Maximum allowable Minimum §192.179 Transmission line valves.

operating pressure clearance (feet) (meters)
Less than 1,000 p.s.i. 25 (7.6)
(7 Mpa) gage
(a) Each transmission line, other than off-
1,000 p.s.i. (7 Mpa) 100 (31) shore segments, must have sectionalizing block
gage or more valves spaced as follows, unless in a particular
case the Administrator finds that alternative
(2) Designed using the design factors set spacing would provide an equivalent level of
forth in §192.111; and, safety:
(3) Buried with a minimum cover in accor- (1) Each point on the pipeline in a Class 4
dance with §192.327. location must be within 2½ miles (4 kilometers)
(b) Each bottle-type holder manufactured of a valve.
from steel that is not weldable under field con- (2) Each point on the pipeline in a Class 3
ditions must comply with the following: location must be within 4 miles (6.4 kilometers)
(1) A bottle-type holder made from alloy of a valve.
steel must meet the chemical and tensile re- (3) Each point on the pipeline in a Class 2
quirements for the various grades of steel in location must be within 7½ miles (12 kilome-
ASTM A 372/ ters) of a valve.
A 372M. (4) Each point on the pipeline in a Class 1
(2) The actual yield-tensile ratio of the steel location must be within 10 miles (16 kilome-
may not exceed 0.85. ters) of a valve.
(3) Welding may not be performed on the (b) Each sectionalizing block valve on a
holder after it has been heat treated or stress transmission line, other than offshore segments,
relieved, except that copper wires may be at- must comply with the following:
tached to the small diameter portion of the bot- (1) The valve and the operating device to
tle end closure for cathodic protection if a lo- open or close the valve must be readily acces-
calized thermit welding process is used. sible and protected from tampering and dam-
(4) The holder must be given a mill hydro- age.
static test at a pressure that produces a hoop (2) The valve must be supported to pre-
stress at least equal to 85 percent of the vent settling of the valve or movement of the
SMYS. pipe to which it is attached.
(5) The holder, connection pipe, and com- (c) Each section of a transmission line,
ponents must be leak tested after installation as other than offshore segments, between main
required by Subpart J of this part. line valves must have a blowdown valve with
enough capacity to allow the transmission line
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended to be blown down as rapidly as practicable.
by Amdt 192-58, 53 FR 1635, Jan 21, 1988; Each blowdown discharge must be located so
Amdt 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989; the gas can be blown to the atmosphere with-
Amdt 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993; out hazard and, if the transmission line is adja-
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998] cent to an overhead electric line, so that the gas
is directed away from the electrical conductors.
(d) Offshore segments of transmission lines
must be equipped with valves or other compo-
33
nents to shut off the flow of gas to an offshore
platform in an emergency. (a) Each underground vault or pit for
valves, pressure relieving, pressure limiting, or
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended pressure regulating stations, must be able to
by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, meet the loads which may be imposed upon it,
1976; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, and to protect installed equipment.
1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, (b) There must be enough working space
1998] so that all of the equipment required in the vault
or pit can be properly installed, operated, and
maintained.
§192.181 Distribution line valves. (c) Each pipe entering, or within, a regula-
tor vault or pit must be steel for sizes 10 inches
(a) Each high-pressure distribution system (254 millimeters), and less, except that control
must have valves spaced so as to reduce the and gage piping may be copper. Where pipe
time to shut down a section of main in an extends through the vault or pit structure, pro-
emergency. The valve spacing is determined vision must be made to prevent the passage of
by the operating pressure, the size of the mains, gases or liquids through the opening and to
and the local physical conditions. avert strains in the pipe.
(b) Each regulator station controlling the
flow or pressure of gas in a distribution system [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
must have a valve installed on the inlet piping at by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
a distance from the regulator station sufficient 1998]
to permit the operation of the valve during an
emergency that might preclude access to the
station. §192.185 Vaults: Accessibility.
(c) Each valve on a main installed for oper-
ating or emergency purposes must comply with Each vault must be located in an accessible
the following: location and, so far as practical, away from:
(1) The valve must be placed in a readily (a) Street intersections or points where
accessible location so as to facilitate its opera- traffic is heavy or dense;
tion in an emergency. (b) Points of minimum elevation, catch ba-
(2) The operating stem or mechanism must sins, or places where the access cover will be
be readily accessible. in the course of surface waters; and,
(3) If the valve is installed in a buried box (c) Water, electric, steam, or other facili-
or enclosure, the box or enclosure must be in- ties.
stalled so as to avoid transmitting external
loads to the main. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]

§192.187 Vaults: Sealing, venting, and
ventilation.
§192.183 Vaults: Structural design re-
quirements.
34
Each underground vault or closed top pit
containing either a pressure regulating or re- §192.189 Vaults: Drainage and water-
ducing station, or a pressure limiting or relieving proofing.
station, must be sealed, vented or ventilated, as
follows: (a) Each vault must be designed so as to
(a) When the internal volume exceeds 200 minimize the entrance of water.
cubic feet (5.7 cubic meters): (b) A vault containing gas piping may not
(1) The vault or pit must be ventilated with be connected by means of a drain connection
two ducts, each having at least the ventilating to any other underground structure.
effect of a pipe 4 inches (102 millimeters) in (c) Electrical equipment in vaults must con-
diameter; form to the applicable requirements of Class 1,
(2) The ventilation must be enough to Group D, of the National Electrical Code,
minimize the formation of combustible atmos- ANSI/NFPA 70.
phere in the vault or pit; and,
(3) The ducts must be high enough above [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970as amended
grade to disperse any gas-air mixtures that by Amdt. 192-76, 61 FR 26121, May 24,
might be discharged. 1996]
(b) When the internal volume is more than
75 cubic feet (2.1 cubic meters) but less than
200 cubic feet (5.7 cubic meters): §192.191 Design pressure of plastic fit-
(1) If the vault or pit is sealed, each open- tings.
ing must have a tight fitting cover without open
holes through which an explosive mixture might (a) Thermosetting fittings for plastic pipe
be ignited, and there must be a means for test- must conform to ASTM D 2517.
ing the internal atmosphere before removing the (b) Thermoplastic fittings for plastic pipe
cover; must conform to ASTM D 2513.
(2) If the vault or pit is vented, there must
be a means of preventing external sources of [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
ignition from reaching the vault atmosphere; or by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17,
(3) If the vault or pit is ventilated, para- 1970; Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21,
graph (a) or (c) of this section applies. 1988]
(c) If a vault or pit covered by paragraph
(b) of this section is ventilated by openings in
the covers or gratings and the ratio of the inter- §192.193 Valve installation in plastic pipe.
nal volume, in cubic feet, to the effective venti-
lating area of the cover or grating, in square Each valve installed in plastic pipe must be
feet, is less than 20 to 1, no additional ventila- designed so as to protect the plastic material
tion is required. against excessive torsional or shearing loads
when the valve or shutoff is operated, and from
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended any other secondary stresses that might be ex-
by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, erted through the valve or its enclosure.
1998]
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
35
ing the following characteristics is used, no
other pressure limiting device is required:
(1) A regulator capable of reducing distri-
bution line pressure to pressures recommended
for household appliances.
(2) A single port valve with proper orifice
§192.195 Protection against accidental for the maximum gas pressure at the regulator
overpressuring. inlet.
(3) A valve seat made of resilient material
(a) General requirements. Except as pro- designed to withstand abrasion of the gas, im-
vided in §192.197, each pipeline that is con- purities in gas, cutting by the valve, and to re-
nected to a gas source so that the maximum sist permanent deformation when it is pressed
allowable operating pressure could be ex- against the valve port.
ceeded as the result of pressure control failure (4) Pipe connections to the regulator not
or of some other type of failure, must have exceeding 2 inches (51 millimeters) in diameter.
pressure relieving or pressure limiting devices (5) A regulator that, under normal operat-
that meet the requirements of ing conditions, is able to regulate the down-
§192.199 and §192.201. stream pressure within the necessary limits of
(b) Additional requirements for distribution accuracy and to limit the build-up of pressure
systems. Each distribution system that is sup- under no-flow conditions to prevent a pressure
plied from a source of gas that is at a higher that would cause the unsafe operation of any
pressure than the maximum allowable operating connected and properly adjusted gas utilization
pressure for the system must equipment.
(1) Have pressure regulation devices ca- (6) A self-contained service regulator with
pable of meeting the pressure, load, and other no external static or control lines.
service conditions that will be experienced in (b) If the maximum actual operating pres-
normal operation of the system, and that could sure of the distribution system is 60 p.s.i. (414
be activated in the event of failure of some por- kPa) gage or less, and a service regulator that
tion of the system; and does not have all of the characteristics listed in
(2) Be designed so as to prevent accidental paragraph (a) of this section is used, or if the
overpressuring. gas contains materials that seriously interfere
with the operation of service regulators, there
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] must be suitable protective devices to prevent
unsafe overpressuring of the customer's appli-
ances if the service regulator fails.
§192.197 Control of the pressure of gas (c) If the maximum actual operating pres-
delivered from high-pressure distribution sure of the distribution system exceeds 60 p.s.i.
systems. (414 kPa) gage, one of the following methods
must be used to regulate and limit, to the
(a) If the maximum actual operating pres- maximum safe value, the pressure of gas deliv-
sure of the distribution system is 60 psi (414 ered to the customer:
kPa) gage, or less, and a service regulator hav- (1) A service regulator having the charac-
teristics listed in paragraph (a) of this section,
36
and another regulator located upstream from 1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15,
the service regulator. The upstream regulator 2003]
may not be set to maintain a pressure higher
than 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage. A device must
be installed between the upstream regulator
and the service regulator to limit the pressure
on the inlet of the service regulator to 60 p.s.i.
(414 kPa) gage or less in case the upstream §192.199 Requirements for design of
regulator fails to function properly. This device pressure relief and limiting devices.
may be either a relief valve or an automatic
shutoff that shuts, if the pressure on the inlet of Except for rupture discs, each pressure
the service regulator exceeds the set pressure relief or pressure limiting device must:
60p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage or less), and remains (a) Be constructed of materials such that
closed until manually reset. the operation of a device will not be impaired
(2) A service regulator and a monitoring by corrosion;
regulator set to limit, to a maximum safe value, (b) Have valves and valve seats that are
the pressure of the gas delivered to the cus- designed not to stick in a position that will
tomer. make the device inoperative;
(3) A service regulator with a relief valve (c) Be designed and installed so that it can
vented to the outside atmosphere, with the re- be readily operated to determine if the valve is
lief valve set to open so that the pressure of gas free, can be tested to determine the pressure at
going to the customer does not exceed a which it will operate, and can be tested for
maximum safe value. The relief valve may ei- leakage when in the closed position;
ther be built into the service regulator or it may (d) Have support made of noncombustible
be a separate unit installed downstream from material;
the service regulator. This combination may be (e) Have discharge stacks, vents, or outlet
used alone only in those cases where the inlet ports designed to prevent accumulation of wa-
pressure on the service regulator does not ex- ter, ice, or snow, located where gas can be
ceed the manufacturer's safe working pressure discharged into the atmosphere without undue
rating of the service regulator, and may not be hazard;
used where the inlet pressure on the service (f) Be designed and installed so that the
regulator exceeds 125 p.s.i. (862 kPa) gage. size of the openings, pipe, and fittings located
For higher inlet pressure, the methods in para- between the system to be protected and the
graph (c)(1) or (2) of this section must be pressure relieving device, and the size of the
used. vent line, are adequate to prevent hammering
(4) A service regulator and an automatic of the valve and to prevent impairment of relief
shutoff device that closes upon a rise in pres- capacity;
sure downstream from the regulator and re- (g) Where installed at a district regulator
mains closed until manually reset. station to protect a pipeline system from over-
pressuring, be designed and installed to prevent
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended any single incident such as an explosion in a
by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 7, vault or damage by a vehicle from affecting the
1970; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
37
operation of both the overpressure protective the pressure may not exceed the maximum al-
device and the district regulator; and, lowable operating pressure plus 50 percent.
(h) Except for a valve that will isolate the (b) When more than one pressure regulat-
system under protection from its source of ing or compressor station feeds into a pipeline,
pressure, be designed to prevent unauthorized relief valves or other protective devices must
operation of any stop valve that will make the be installed at each station to ensure that the
pressure relief valve or pressure limiting device complete failure of the largest capacity regula-
inoperative. tor or compressor, or any single run of lesser
capacity regulators or compressors in that sta-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended tion, will not impose pressures on any part of
by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, the pipeline or distribution system in excess of
1970] those for which it was designed, or against
which it was protected, whichever is lower.
(c) Relief valves or other pressure limiting
§192.201 Required capacity of pressure devices must be installed at or near each regu-
relieving and limiting stations. lator station in a low-pressure distribution sys-
tem, with a capacity to limit the maximum pres-
(a) Each pressure relief station or pressure sure in the main to a pressure that will not ex-
limiting station or group of those stations in- ceed the safe operating pressure for any con-
stalled to protect a pipeline must have enough nected and properly adjusted gas utilization
capacity, and must be set to operate, to insure equipment.
the following:
(1) In a low pressure distribution system, [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
the pressure may not cause the unsafe opera- by Amdt. 192-9, 37 FR 20826, Oct. 4, 1972;
tion of any connected and properly adjusted Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
gas utilization equipment.
(2) In pipelines other than a low pressure
distribution system: §192.203 Instrument, control, and sam-
(i) If the maximum allowable operating pling pipe and components.
pressure is 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage or more,
the pressure may not exceed the maximum al- (a) Applicability. This section applies to
lowable operating pressure plus 10 percent or the design of instrument, control, and sampling
the pressure that produces a hoop stress of 75 pipe and components. It does not apply to
percent of SMYS, whichever is lower; permanently closed systems, such as fluid-filled
(ii) If the maximum allowable operating temperature-responsive devices.
pressure is 12 p.s.i. (83 kPa) gage or more, (b) Materials and design. All materials
but less than 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, the employed for pipe and components must be
pressure may not exceed the maximum allow- designed to meet the particular conditions of
able operating pressure plus 6 p.s.i. (41 kPa) service and the following:
gage; or (1) Each takeoff connection and attaching
(iii) If the maximum allowable operating boss, fitting, or adapter must be made of suit-
pressure is less than 12 p.s.i. (83 kPa) gage, able material, be able to withstand the maxi-
mum service pressure and temperature of the
38
pipe or equipment to which it is attached, and Subpart E–Welding of Steel
be designed to satisfactorily withstand all in Pipelines
stresses without failure by fatigue.
(2) Except for takeoff lines that can be iso- §192.221 Scope.
lated from sources of pressure by other valv-
ing, a shutoff valve must be installed in each (a) This subpart prescribes minimum re-
takeoff line as near as practicable to the point quirements for welding steel materials in pipe-
of takeoff. Blowdown valves must be installed lines.
where necessary. (b) This subpart does not apply to welding
(3) Brass or copper material may not be that occurs during the manufacture of steel pipe
used for metal temperatures greater than or steel pipeline components.
400°F (204ºC).
(4) Pipe or components that may contain [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
liquids must be protected by heating or other
means from damage due to freezing.
(5) Pipe or components in which liquids §192.223 [Removed]
may accumulate must have drains or drips.
(6) Pipe or components subject to clogging [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
from solids or deposits must have suitable con- by Amdt. 192-52, 51 FR 20294, June 4,
nections for cleaning. 1986]
(7) The arrangement of pipe, components, §192.225 Welding procedures.
and supports must provide safety under antici-
pated operating stresses. (a) Welding must be performed by a quali-
(8) Each joint between sections of pipe, fied welder in accordance with welding proce-
and between pipe and valves or fittings, must dures qualified under section 5 of API 1104
be made in a manner suitable for the antici- (ibr, see §192.7) or section IX of the ASME
pated pressure and temperature condition. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code “ Welding
Slip type expansion joints may not be used. and Brazing Qualifications” (ibr, see §192.7) to
Expansion must be allowed for by providing produce welds meeting the requirements of this
flexibility within the system itself. subpart. The quality of the test welds used to
(9) Each control line must be protected qualify welding procedures shall be determined
from anticipated causes of damage and must by destructive testing in accordance with the
be designed and installed to prevent damage to applicable welding standard(s).
any one control line from making both the (b) Each welding procedure must be re-
regulator and the over-pressure protective de- corded in detail, including the results of the
vice inoperative. qualifying tests. This record must be retained
and followed whenever the procedure is used.
by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, by Amdt. 192-18, 40 FR 10181, Mar. 5,
1998] 1975; Amdt. 192-22, 41 FR 13590, Mar. 31,
1976; Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2,
1981; Amdt. 192-52, 51 FR 20297, June 4,
39
1986; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, (a) No welder whose qualification is based
2004] on nondestructive testing may weld compres-
sor station pipe and components.
(b) No welder may weld with a particular
§192.227 Qualification of welders. welding process unless, within the preceding 6
calendar months, he has engaged in welding
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of with that process.
this section, each welder must be qualified in (c) A welder qualified under §192.227(a)–
accordance with section 6 of API 1104 (ibr, (1) May not weld on pipe to be operated
see §192.7) or section IX of the ASME Boiler at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 20
and Pressure Vessel Code (ibr, see §192.7). percent or more of SMYS unless within the
However, a welder qualified under an earlier preceding 6 calendar months the welder has
edition than listed in appendix A of this part had one weld tested and found acceptable un-
may weld but may not requalify under that ear- der the sections 6 or 9 of API Standard 1104
lier edition. (ibr, see §192.7). Alternatively, welders may
(b) A welder may qualify to perform weld- maintain an ongoing qualification status by per-
ing on pipe to be operated at a pressure that forming welds tested and found acceptable
produces a hoop stress of less than 20 percent under the above acceptance criteria at least
of SMYS by performing an acceptable test twice each calendar year, but at intervals not
weld, for the process to be used, under the test exceeding 7½ months. A welder qualified un-
set forth in section I of Appendix C of this part. der an earlier edition of a standard listed in
A welder who is to make a welded service line §192.7 of this part may weld but may not re-
connection to a main must also first perform an qualify under that earlier edition; and
acceptable test weld under section II of Ap- (2) May not weld on pipe to be operated
pendix C of this part as a requirement of the at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of
qualifying test. less than 20 percent of SMYS unless the
welder is tested in accordance with paragraph
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended (c)(1) of this section or requalifies under para-
by Amdt. 192-18, 40 FR 10181, Mar. 5, graph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section.
1975; Amdt. 192-18A, 40 FR 27222, June (d) A welder qualified under §192.227(b)
27, 1975; Amdt. 192-22, 41 FR 13590, Mar. may not weld unless–
31, 1976; Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. (1) Within the preceding 15 calendar
2, 1981; Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. months, but at least once each calendar year,
21, 1982; Amdt. 192-52, 51 FR 20294, June the welder has requalified under §192.227(b);
4, 1986; Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. or
26, 1996; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June (2) Within the preceding 7½ calendar
6, 1996; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June months, but at least twice each calendar year,
14, 2004] the welder has had–
(i) A production weld cut out, tested, and
found acceptable in accordance with the quali-
§192.229 Limitations on welders. fying test; or
(ii) For welders who work only on service
lines 2 inches (51 millimeters) or smaller in di-
40
ameter, two sample welds tested and found §192.235 Preparation for welding.
acceptable in accordance with the test in sec-
tion III of Appendix C of this part. Before beginning any welding, the welding
surfaces must be clean and free of any material
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended that may be detrimental to the weld, and the
by Amdt. 192-18, 40 FR 10181, Mar. 5, pipe or component must be aligned to provide
1975; Amdt. 192-18A, 40 FR 27222, June the most favorable condition for depositing the
27, 1975; Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. root bead. This alignment must be preserved
2, 1981; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June while the root bead is being deposited.
6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July
13, 1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
14, 2004]
§192.231 Protection from weather.

§192.237 [Removed]
The welding operation must be protected
from weather conditions that would impair the [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
quality of the completed weld. by Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2,
1981; Amdt. 192-52, 51 FR 20294, June 4,
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] 1986]
§192.233 Miter joints. §192.239 [Removed]
(a) A miter joint on steel pipe to be oper- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
ated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress by Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2,
of 30 percent or more of SMYS may not de- 1981; Amdt. 192-52, 51 FR 20294, June 4,
flect the pipe more than 3º. 1986]
(b) A miter joint on steel pipe to be oper-
ated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress
of less than 30 percent, but more than 10 per- §192.241 Inspection and test of welds.
cent of SMYS may not deflect the pipe more
than 12½º and must be a distance equal to one (a) Visual inspection of welding must be
pipe diameter or more away from any other conducted by an individual qualified by appro-
miter joint, as measured from the crotch of priate training and experience to ensure that:
each joint. (1) The welding is performed in accor-
(c) A miter joint on steel pipe to be oper- dance with the welding procedure; and
ated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress (2) The weld is acceptable under para-
of 10 percent or less of SMYS may not deflect graph (c) of this section.
the pipe more than 90º. (b) The welds on a pipeline to be operated
at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 20
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] percent or more of SMYS must be nonde-
structively tested in accordance with
§192.243, except that welds that are visually
41
inspected and approved by a qualified welding (c) Procedures must be established for the
inspector need not be nondestructively tested proper interpretation of each nondestructive
if: test of a weld to ensure the acceptability of the
(1) The pipe has a nominal diameter of less weld under §192.241(c).
than 6 inches (152 millimeters); or (d) When nondestructive testing is required
(2) The pipeline is to be operated at a under §192.241(b), the following percentages
pressure that produces a hoop stress of less of each day's field butt welds, selected at ran-
than 40 percent of SMYS and the welds are dom by the operator, must be nondestructively
so limited in number that nondestructive testing tested over their entire circumference;
is impractical. (1) In Class 1 locations, except offshore, at
(c) The acceptability of a weld that is non- least 10 percent.
destructively tested or visually inspected is de- (2) In Class 2 locations, at least 15 per-
termined according to the standards in Section cent.
9 of API Standard 1104 (ibr, see §192.7). (3) In Class 3 and Class 4 locations, at
However, if a girth weld is unacceptable under crossings of major or navigable rivers, off-
those standards for a reason other than a shore, and within railroad or public highway
crack, and if Appendix A to API 1104 applies rights-of-way, including tunnels, bridges, and
to the weld, the acceptability of the weld may overhead road crossings, 100 percent unless
be further determined under that appendix. impracticable, in which case at least 90 per-
cent. Nondestructive testing must be impracti-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended cable for each girth weld not tested.
by Amdt. 192-18, 40 FR 10181, Mar. 5, (4) At pipeline tie-ins, including tie-ins of
1975; Amdt. 192-18A, 40 FR 27222, June replacement sections, 100 percent.
27, 1975; Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. (e) Except for a welder whose work is iso-
2, 1981; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June lated from the principal welding activity, a
6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July sample of each welder's work for each day
13, 1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June must be nondestructively tested, when nonde-
14, 2004] structive testing is required under §192.241(b).
(f) When nondestructive testing is required
under §192.241(b), each operator must retain,
§192.243 Nondestructive testing. for the life of the pipeline, a record showing by
milepost, engineering station, or by geographic
(a) Nondestructive testing of welds must feature, the number of girth welds made, the
be performed by any process, other than tre- number nondestructively tested, the number
panning, that will clearly indicate defects that rejected, and the disposition of the rejects.
may affect the integrity of the weld.
(b) Nondestructive testing of welds must [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
be performed: by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16,
(1) In accordance with written procedures; 1976; Amdt. 192-50, 50 FR 37191, Sept. 12,
and 1985; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
(2) By persons who have been trained and 1996]
qualified in the established procedures and with
the equipment employed in testing.
42
192.245 Repair or removal of defects.
(a) Each weld that is unacceptable under

§192.241(c) must be removed or repaired.
Except for welds on an offshore pipeline being
installed from a pipeline vessel, a weld must be
removed if it has a crack that is more than 8
percent of the weld length.
(b) Each weld that is repaired must have
the defect removed down to sound metal and
the segment to be repaired must be preheated
if conditions exist which would adversely affect
the quality of the weld repair. After repair, the
segment of the weld that was repaired must be
inspected to ensure its acceptability.
(c) Repair of a crack, or of any defect in a
previously repaired area must be in accordance
with written weld repair procedures that have
been qualified under §192.225. Repair proce-
dures must provide that the minimum mechani-
cal properties specified for the welding proce-
dure used to make the original weld are met
upon completion of the final weld repair.

by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16,
1976; Amdt. 192-46, 48 FR 48669, Oct. 20,
1983]
43
Subpart F–Joining of Materials Other (c) Cast iron pipe may not be joined by
Than by Welding threaded joints.
(d) Cast iron pipe may not be joined by
brazing.
§192.271 Scope. (e) [Removed]
(a) This subpart prescribes minimum re- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
quirements for joining materials in pipelines, by Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989]
other than by welding.
(b) This subpart does not apply to joining
during the manufacture of pipe or pipeline §192.277 Ductile iron pipe.
components.
(a) Ductile iron pipe may not be joined by
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] threaded joints.
(b) Ductile iron pipe may not be joined by
brazing.
§192.273 General.
(a) The pipeline must be designed and in- by Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6, 1989,
stalled so that each joint will sustain the longi- effective Mar. 8, 1989]
tudinal pullout or thrust forces caused by con-
traction or expansion of the piping or by antici-
pated external or internal loading. §192.279 Copper pipe.
(b) Each joint must be made in accordance
with written procedures that have been proved Copper pipe may not be threaded except
by test or experience to produce strong gas that copper pipe used for joining screw fittings
tight joints. or valves may be threaded if the wall thickness
(c) Each joint must be inspected to insure is equivalent to the comparable size of Sched-
compliance with this subpart. ule 40 or heavier wall pipe listed in Table C1
of ASME/ANSI B16.5.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
by Amdt. 192-62 , 54 FR 5628, Feb. 6,
§192.275 Cast iron pipe. 1989; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18,
1993]
(a) Each caulked bell and spigot joint in
cast iron pipe must be sealed with mechanical
leak clamps. §192.281 Plastic pipe.
(b) Each mechanical joint in cast iron pipe
must have a gasket made of a resilient material (a) General. A plastic pipe joint that is
as the sealing medium. Each gasket must be joined by solvent cement, adhesive, or heat
suitably confined and retained under compres- fusion may not be disturbed until it has properly
sion by a separate gland or follower ring.
44
set. Plastic pipe may not be joined by a (2) A rigid internal tubular stiffener, other
threaded joint or miter joint. than a split tubular stiffener, must be used in
(b) Solvent cement joints. Each solvent conjunction with the coupling.
cement joint on plastic pipe must comply with
the following: [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
(1) The mating surfaces of the joint must be by Amdt. 192-34, 44 FR 42968, July 23,
clean, dry, and free of material which might be 1979; Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1635, Jan. 21,
detrimental to the joint. 1988; Amdt. 192-61, 53 FR 36793, Sept. 22,
(2) The solvent cement must conform to 1988; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18,
ASTM Designation: D 2513. 1993; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
(3) The joint may not be heated to acceler- 1996]
ate the setting of the cement.
(c) Heat-fusion joints. Each heat-fusion
joint on plastic pipe must comply with the fol- §192.283 Plastic pipe; qualifying joining
lowing: procedures.
(1) A butt heat-fusion joint must be joined
by a device that holds the heater element (a) Heat fusion, solvent cement, and adhe-
square to the ends of the piping, compresses sive joints. Before any written procedure es-
the heated ends together, and holds the pipe in tablished under §192.273(b) is used for mak-
proper alignment while the plastic hardens. ing plastic pipe joints by a heat fusion, solvent
(2) A socket heat-fusion joint must be cement, or adhesive method, the procedure
joined by a device that heats the mating sur- must be qualified by subjecting specimen joints
faces of the joint uniformly and simultaneously made according to the procedure to the fol-
to essentially the same temperature. lowing tests:
(3) An electrofusion joint must be joined (1) The burst test requirements of–
utilizing the equipment and techniques of the (i) In the case of thermoplastic pipe, para-
fittings manufacturer or equipment and tech- graph 6.6 (sustained pressure test) or para-
niques shown, by testing joints to the require- graph 6.7 (Minimum Hydrostatic Burst Test) or
ments of §192.283(a)(1)(iii), to be at least paragraph 8.9 ( Sustained Static pressure Test)
equivalent to those of the fittings manufacturer. of ASTM D2513 (ibr, see §192.7);
(4) Heat may not be applied with a torch (ii) In the case of thermosetting plastic pipe,
or other open flame. paragraph 8.5 (Minimum Hydrostatic Burst
(d) Adhesive joints. Each adhesive joint Pressure) or paragraph 8.9 (Sustained Static
on plastic pipe must comply with the following: Pressure Test) of ASTM D2517; (ibr, see
(1) The adhesive must conform to ASTM §192.7); or
Designation: D 2517. (iii) In the case of electrofusion fittings for
(2) The materials and adhesive must be polyethylene pipe and tubing, paragraph 9.1
compatible with each other. (Minimum Hydraulic Burst Pressure Test),
(e) Mechanical joints. Each compression paragraph 9.2 (Sustained Pressure Test), para-
type mechanical joint on plastic pipe must graph 9.3 (Tensile Strength Test), or paragraph
comply with the following: 9.4 (Joint Integrity Tests) of ASTM Designation
(1) The gasket material in the coupling F1055, (ibr, see §192.7).
must be compatible with the plastic.
45
(2) For procedures intended for lateral lowest value of the five test results or the
pipe connections, subject a specimen joint manufacturer's rating, whichever is lower must
made from pipe sections joined at right angles be used in the design calculations for stress.
according to the procedure to a force on the (6) Each specimen that fails at the grips
lateral pipe until failure occurs in the specimen. must be retested using new pipe.
If failure initiates outside the joint area, the pro- (7) Results obtained pertain only to the
cedure qualifies for use; and, specific outside diameter, and material of the
(3) For procedures intended for non-lateral pipe tested, except that testing of a heavier wall
pipe connections, follow the tensile test re- pipe may be used to qualify pipe of the same
quirements of ASTM D638 (ibr, see §192.7), material but with a lesser wall thickness.
except that the test may be conducted at ambi- (c) A copy of each written procedure be-
ent temperature and humidity If the specimen ing used for joining plastic pipe must be avail-
elongates no less than 25 percent or failure ini- able to the persons making and inspecting
tiates outside the joint area, the procedure joints.
qualifies for use. (d) Pipe or fittings manufactured before
(b) Mechanical joints. Before any written July 1, 1980, may be used in accordance with
procedure established under §192.273(b) is procedures that the manufacturer certifies will
used for making mechanical plastic pipe joints produce a joint as strong as the pipe.
that are designed to withstand tensile forces,
the procedure must be qualified by subjecting [Amdt. 192-34, 44 FR 42968, July 23, 1979
five specimen joints made according to the as amended by Amdt. 192-34A, 45 FR 9931,
procedure to the following tensile test: Feb. 14, 1980; Amdt. 192-34B, 46 FR 39,
(1) Use an apparatus for the test as speci- Jan. 2, 1981; Amdt. 192-34(1), 47 FR
fied in ASTM D 638 (except for conditioning), 32720, July 29, 1982; Amdt. 192-34(2), 47
(ibr, see §192.7). FR 49973, Nov. 4, 1982; Amdt. 192-68, 58
(2) The specimen must be of such length FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192-78, 61
that the distance between the grips of the ap- FR 28770, June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63
paratus and the end of the stiffener does not FR 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69
affect the joint strength. FR 32886, June 14, 2004]
(3) The speed of testing is 0.20 in. (5.0
mm) per minute, plus or minus 25 percent.
(4) Pipe specimens less than 4 in. (102 §192.285 Plastic pipe; qualifying pe rsons
mm) in diameter are qualified if the pipe yields to make joints.
to an elongation of no less than 25 percent or
failure initiates outside the joint area. (a) No person may make a plastic pipe
(5) Pipe specimens 4 in. (102 mm) and joint unless that person has been qualified un-
larger in diameter shall be pulled until the pipe der the applicable joining procedure by:
is subjected to a tensile stress equal to or (1) Appropriate training or experience in
greater than the maximum thermal stress that the use of the procedure; and
would be produced by a temperature change (2) Making a specimen joint from pipe
of sections joined according to the procedure that
100°F (38°C) or until the pipe is pulled from passes the inspection and test set forth in para-
the fitting. If the pipe pulls from the fitting, the graph (b) of this section.
46
(b) The specimen joint must be: §192.287 Plastic pipe; inspection of joints.
(1) Visually examined during and after as-
sembly or joining and found to have the same
appearance as a joint or photographs of a joint No person may carry out the inspection of
that is acceptable under the procedure; and joints in plastic pipes required by
(2) In the case of a heat fusion, solvent §§192.273(c) and 192.285(b) unless that per-
cement, or adhesive joint; son has been qualified by appropriate training
(i) Tested under any one of the test meth- or experience in evaluating the acceptability of
ods listed under §192.283(a) applicable to the plastic pipe joints made under the applicable
type of joint and material being tested; joining procedure.
(ii) Examined by ultrasonic inspection and
found not to contain flaws that would cause [Amdt. 192-34, 44 FR 42968, July 23, 1979]
failure; or
(iii) Cut into at least three longitudinal
straps, each of which is:
(A) Visually examined and found not to
contain voids or discontinuities on the cut sur-
faces of the joint area; and
(B) Deformed by bending, torque, or im-
pact, and if failure occurs, it must not initiate in
the joint area.
(c) A person must be requalified under an
applicable procedure, if during any 12-month
period that person:
(1) Does not make any joints under that
procedure; or
(2) Has 3 joints or 3 percent of the joints
made, whichever is greater, under that proce-
dure that are found unacceptable by testing
under §192.513.
(d) Each operator shall establish a method
to determine that each person making joints in
plastic pipelines in the operator's system is
qualified in accordance with this section.
[Amdt. 192-34, 44 FR 42968, July 23, 1979

as amended by Amdt. 192-34A, 45 FR 9931,
Feb. 14, 1980, Amdt. 192-34B, 46 FR 39,
Jan. 2, 1981; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895,
Sept. 15, 2003]
47
Subpart G–General Construction Re- §192.309 Repair of steel pipe.
quirements for Transmission Lines and
Mains. (a) Each imperfection or damage that im-
pairs the serviceability of a length of steel pipe
must be repaired or removed. If a repair is
§192.301 Scope. made by grinding, the remaining wall thickness
must a least be equal to either:
This subpart prescribes minimum require- (1) The minimum thickness required by the
ments for constructing transmission lines and tolerances in the specification to which the pipe
mains. was manufactured; or
(2) The nominal wall thickness required
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] for the design pressure of the pipeline.
(b) Each of the following dents must be
removed from steel pipe to be operated at a
§192.303 Compliance with specifications pressure that produces a hoop stress of 20
or standards. percent, or more, of SMYS, unless the dent is
repaired by a method that reliable engineering
Each transmission line or main must be tests and analyses show can permanently re-
constructed in accordance with comprehensive store the serviceability of the pipe:
written specifications or standards that are (1) A dent that contains a stress concentra-
consistent with this part. tor such as a scratch, gouge, groove, or arc
burn.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (2) A dent that affects the longitudinal weld
or a circumferential weld.
(3) In pipe to be operated at a pressure
§192.305 Inspection: General. that produces a hoop stress of 40 percent or
more of SMYS, a dent that has a depth of:
Each transmission line or main must be in- (i) More than ¼ inch (6.4 millimeters) in
spected to ensure that it is constructed in ac- pipe 12¾ inches (324 millimeters) or less in
cordance with this part. outer diameter; or
(ii) More than 2 percent of the nominal
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] pipe diameter in pipe over 12¾ inches (324
millimeters) in outer diameter.
§192.307 Inspection of materials. For the purposes of this section, a "dent" is a

depression that produces a gross disturbance
Each length of pipe and each other com- in the curvature of the pipe wall without reduc-
ponent must be visually inspected at the site of ing the pipe-wall thickness. The depth of a
installation to ensure that it has not sustained dent is measured as the gap between the low-
any visually determinable damage that could est point of the dent and a prolongation of the
impair its serviceability. original contour of the pipe.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]

48
(c) Each arc burn on steel pipe to be oper- (1) A bend must not impair the serviceabil-
ated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress ity of the pipe.
of 40 percent or more, of SMYS must be re- (2) Each bend must have a smooth contour
paired or removed. If a repair is made by and be free from buckling, cracks, or any other
grinding, the arc burn must be completely re- mechanical damage.
moved and the remaining wall thickness must (3) On pipe containing a longitudinal weld,
be at least equal to either: the longitudinal weld must be as near as practi-
(1) The minimum wall thickness required cable to the neutral axis of the bend unless:
by the tolerances in the specification to which (i) The bend is made with an internal bend-
the pipe was manufactured; or ing mandrel; or
(2) The nominal wall thickness required for (ii) The pipe is 12 inches (305 millimeters)
the design pressure of the pipeline. or less in outside diameter or has a diameter to
(d) A gouge, groove, arc burn, or dent wall thickness ratio less than 70.
may not be repaired by insert patching or by (b) Each circumferential weld of steel pipe
pounding out. which is located where the stress during bend-
(e) Each gouge, groove, arc burn, or dent ing causes a permanent deformation in the pipe
that is removed from a length of pipe must be must be nondestructively tested either before
removed by cutting out the damaged portion as or after the bending process.
a cylinder. (c) Wrought-steel welding elbows and
transverse segments of these elbows may not
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended be used for changes in direction on steel pipe
by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, that is 2 inches (51 millimeters) or more in di-
1970; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, ameter unless the arc length, as measured along
1998; Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR 69660, Dec. 14, the crotch, is at least 1 inch (25 millimeters).
1999]
by Amdt. 192-26, 41 FR 26106, June 24,
§192.311 Repair of plastic pipe. 1976; Amdt. 192-29, 42 FR 42865, Aug. 25,
1977; Amdt. 192-29C, 42 FR 60148, Nov.
Each imperfection or damage that would 25, 1977; Amdt. 192-49, 50 FR 13225, Apr.
impair the serviceability of plastic pipe must be 3, 1985; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July
repaired or removed. 13, 1998]

by Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15, §192.315 Wrinkle bends in steel pipe.
2003]
(a) A wrinkle bend may not be made on
steel pipe to be operated at a pressure that
§192.313 Bends and elbows. produces a hoop stress of 30 percent or more,
of SMYS.
(a) Each field bend in steel pipe, other than (b) Each wrinkle bend on steel pipe must
a wrinkle bend made in accordance with comply with the following:
§192.315, must comply with the following:
49
(1) The bend must not have any sharp 1976; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
kinks. 1996]
(2) When measured along the crotch of the
bend, the wrinkles must be a distance of at
least one pipe diameter.
(3) On pipe 16 inches (406 millimeters) or §192.319 Installation of pipe in a ditch
larger in diameter, the bend may not have a
deflection of more than 1½º for each wrinkle. (a) When installed in a ditch, each trans-
(4) On pipe containing a longitudinal weld mission line that is to be operated at a pressure
the longitudinal seam must be as near as practi- producing a hoop stress of 20 percent or more
cable to the neutral axis of the bend. of SMYS must be installed so that the pipe fits
the ditch so as to minimize stresses and protect
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended the pipe coating from damage.
by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, (b) When a ditch for a transmission line or
1998] main is backfilled, it must be backfilled in a
manner that:
(1) Provides firm support under the pipe;
§192.317 Protection from hazards. and
(2) Prevents damage to the pipe and pipe
(a) The operator must take all practicable coating from equipment or from the backfill
steps to protect each transmission line or main material.
from washouts, floods, unstable soil, landslides, (c) All offshore pipe in water at least 12
or other hazards that may cause the pipeline to feet (3.7 meters) deep, but not more than 200
move or to sustain abnormal loads. In addi- feet (61 meters) deep, as measured from the
tion, the operator must take all practicable mean low tide, except pipe in the Gulf of Mex-
steps to protect offshore pipelines from dam- ico and its inlets under 15 feet (4.6 meters)of
age by mud slides, water currents, hurricanes, water, must be installed so that the top of the
ship anchors, and fishing operations. pipe is below the natural bottom unless the
(b) Each above ground transmission line or pipe is supported by stanchions, held in place
main, not located offshore or in inland naviga- by anchors or heavy concrete coating, or pro-
ble water areas, must be protected from acci- tected by an equivalent means. Pipe in the Gulf
dental damage by vehicular traffic or other of Mexico and its inlets under 15 feet (4.6 me-
similar causes, either by being placed at a safe ters) of water must be installed so that the top
distance from the traffic or by installing barri- of the pipe is 36 inches (914 millimeters) below
cades. the seabed for normal excavation or 18 inches
(c) Pipelines, including pipe risers, on each (457 millimeters) for rock excavation.
platform located offshore or in inland navigable
waters must be protected from accidental [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
damage by vessels. by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16,
1976; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1998]
50
turer's recommended maximum period of ex-
posure or 2 years, whichever is less.
(2) The pipe either is located where dam-
age by external forces is unlikely or is other-
wise protected against such damage.
§192.321 Installation of plastic pipe. (3) The pipe adequately resists exposure to
ultraviolet light and high and low temperatures.
(a) Plastic pipe must be installed below (h) Plastic pipe may be installed on bridges
ground level except as provided by paragraphs provided that it is:
(g) and (h) of this section. (1) Installed with protection from mechani-
(b) Plastic pipe that is installed in a vault or cal damage, such as installation in a metallic
any other below grade enclosure must be casing;
completely encased in gas-tight metal pipe and (2) Protected from ultraviolet radiation; and
fittings that are adequately protected from cor- (3) Not allowed to exceed the pipe tem-
rosion. perature limits specified in §192.123.
(c) Plastic pipe must be installed so as to
minimize shear or tensile stresses. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
(d) Thermoplastic pipe that is not encased by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
must have a minimum wall thickness of 0.090 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
inch (2.29 millimeters), except that pipe with an 1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15,
outside diameter of 0.875 inch (22.3 millime- 2003; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14,
ters) or less may have a minimum wall thick- 2004]
ness of 0.062 inch (1.58 millimeters).
(e) Plastic pipe that is not encased must
have an electrically conducting wire or other §192.323 Casing.
means of locating the pipe while it is under-
ground. Tracer wire may not be wrapped Each casing used on a transmission line or
around the pipe and contact with the pipe must main under a railroad or highway must comply
be minimized but is not prohibited. Tracer wire with the following:
or other metallic elements installed for pipe lo- (a) The casing must be designed to with-
cating purposes must be resistant to corrosion stand the superimposed loads.
damage, either by use of coated copper wire (b) If there is a possibility of water entering
or by other means. the casing, the ends must be sealed.
(f) Plastic pipe that is being encased must (c) If the ends of an unvented casing are
be inserted into the casing pipe in a manner that sealed and the sealing is strong enough to retain
will protect the plastic. The leading end of the the maximum allowable operating pressure of
plastic must be closed before insertion. the pipe, the casing must be designed to hold
(g) Uncased plastic pipe may be temporar- this pressure at a stress level of not more than
ily installed above ground level under the fol- 72 percent of SMYS.
lowing conditions: (d) If vents are installed on a casing, the
(1) The operator must be able to demon- vents must be protected from the weather to
strate that the cumulative aboveground expo- prevent water from entering the casing.
sure of the pipe does not exceed the manufac-
51
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
Normal Consolidated
Location soil rock
Inches Inches
(Millime- (Millimeters)
ters)
§192.325 Underground clearance. Class 1 loca- 30 (762) 18 (457)
tions
Class 2, 3, and 4 36 (914) 24 (610)
(a) Each transmission line must be installed
locations
with at least 12 inches (305 millimeters) of Drainage 36 (914) 24 (610)
clearance from any other underground struc- ditches of pub-
ture not associated with the transmission line. lic roads and
If this clearance cannot be attained, the trans- railroad cross-
ings
mission line must be protected from damage
that might result from the proximity of the other
(b) Except as provided in paragraphs (c)
structure.
and (d) of this section, each buried main must
(b) Each main must be installed with
be installed with at least 24 inches (610 milli-
enough clearance from any other underground
meters) of cover.
structure to allow proper maintenance and to
(c) Where an underground structure pre-
protect against damage that might result from
vents the installation of a transmission line or
proximity to other structures.
main with the minimum cover, the transmission
(c) In addition to meeting the requirements
line or main may be installed with less cover if it
of paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section, each
is provided with additional protection to with-
plastic transmission line or main must be in-
stand anticipated external loads.
stalled with sufficient clearance, or must be in-
(d) A main may be installed with less than
sulated, from any source of heat so as to pre-
24 inches (610 millimeters) of cover if the law
vent the heat from impairing the serviceability
of the State or municipality:
of the pipe.
(1) Establishes a minimum cover of less
(d) Each pipe-type or bottle-type holder
than 24 inches (610 millimeters);
must be installed with a minimum clearance
(2) Requires that mains be installed in a
from any other holder as prescribed in
common trench with other utility lines; and,
§192.175(b).
(3) Provides adequately for prevention of
damage to the pipe by external forces.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of
by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
this section, all pipe installed in a navigable
1998]
river, stream, or harbor must be installed with a
minimum cover of 48 inches (1219 millimeters)
in soil or 24 inches (610 millimeters) in con-
§192.327 Cover.
solidated rock between the top of the pipe and
the natural bottom (as determined by recog-
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (c),
nized and generally accepted practices).
(e), (f), and (g) of this section, each buried
(f) All pipe installed offshore, except in the
transmission line must be installed with a mini-
Gulf of Mexico and its inlets, under water not
mum cover as follows:
52
more than 200 feet (60 meters) deep, as
measured from the mean low tide, must be in-
stalled as follows:
(1) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of
this section, pipe under water less than 12 feet
(3.66 meters) deep, must be installed with a
minimum cover of 36 inches (914 millimeters)
in soil or 18 inches (457 millimeters) in con-
solidated rock between the top of the pipe and
the natural bottom.
(2) Pipe under water at least 12 feet (3.66
meters) deep must be installed so that the top
of the pipe is below the natural bottom, unless
the pipe is supported by stanchions, held in
place by anchors or heavy concrete coating, or
protected by an equivalent means.
(g) All pipelines installed under water in the
Gulf of Mexico and its inlets, as defined in
§192.3, must be installed in accordance with
§192.612(b)(3).

by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16,
1976; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
1998; Amdt. 192-98, 69 FR 48400, Aug. 10,
2004]
53
Subpart H–Customer Meters, Service §192.355 Customer meters and regula-
Regulators, and Service Lines tors: Protection from damage.
(a) Protection from vacuum or back pres-

§192.351 Scope. sure. If the customer's equipment might create
either a vacuum or a back pressure, a device
This subpart prescribes minimum require- must be installed to protect the system.
ments for installing customer meters, service (b) Service regulator vents and relief vents.
regulators, service lines, service line valves, and Service regulator vents and relief vents must
service line connections to mains. terminate outdoors, and the outdoor terminal
must:
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (1) Be rain and insect resistant;
(2) Be located at a place where gas from
the vent can escape freely into the atmosphere
§192.353 Customer meters and regula- and away from any opening into the building;
tors: Location. and,
(3) Be protected from damage caused by
(a) Each meter and service regulator, submergence in areas where flooding may oc-
whether inside or outside a building, must be cur.
installed in a readily accessible location and be (c) Pits and vaults. Each pit or vault that
protected from corrosion and other damage, houses a customer meter or regulator at a
including, if installed outside a building, vehicu- place where vehicular traffic is anticipated,
lar damage that may be anticipated. However, must be able to support that traffic.
the upstream regulator in a series may be bur-
ied. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
(b) Each service regulator installed within a by Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21,
building must be located as near as practical to 1988]
the point of service line entrance.
(c) Each meter installed within a building
must be located in a ventilated place and not §192.357 Customer meters and regula-
less than 3 feet (914 millimeters) from any tors: Installation.
source of ignition or any source of heat which
might damage the meter. (a) Each meter and each regulator must be
(d) Where feasible, the upstream regulator installed so as to minimize anticipated stresses
in a series must be located outside the building, upon the connecting piping and the meter.
unless it is located in a separate metering or (b) When close all-thread nipples are used,
regulating building. the wall thickness remaining after the threads
are cut must meet the minimum wall thickness
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended requirements of this part.
by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, (c) Connections made of lead or other eas-
1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15, ily damaged material may not be used in the
2003] installation of meters or regulators.
54
(d) Each regulator that might release gas in (c) Grading for drainage. Where conden-
its operation must be vented to the outside at- sate in the gas might cause interruption in the
mosphere. gas supply to the customer, the service line
must be graded so as to drain into the main or
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] into drips at the low points in the service line.
(d) Protection against piping strain and ex-
ternal loading. Each service line must be in-
§192.359 Customer meter installations: stalled so as to minimize anticipated piping
Operating pressure. strain and external loading.
(e) Installation of service lines into build-
(a) A meter may not be used at a pressure ings. Each underground service line installed
that is more than 67 percent of the manufac- below grade through the outer foundation wall
turer's shell test pressure. of a building must:
(b) Each newly installed meter manufac- (1) In the case of a metal service line, be
tured after November 12, 1970, must have protected against corrosion;
been tested to a minimum of 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa) (2) In the case of a plastic service line, be
gage. protected from shearing action and backfill set-
(c) A rebuilt or repaired tinned steel case tlement; and
meter may not be used at a pressure that is (3) Be sealed at the foundation wall to pre-
more than 50 percent of the pressure used to vent leakage into the building.
test the meter after rebuilding or repairing. (f) Installation of service lines under build-
ings. Where an underground service line is
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended installed under a building:
by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, (1) It must be encased in a gas tight con-
1970; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, duit;
1998] (2) The conduit and the service line must, if
the service line supplies the building it underlies,
extend into a normally usable and accessible
§192.361 Service lines: Installation. part of the building; and,
(3) The space between the conduit and the
(a) Depth. Each buried service line must service line must be sealed to prevent gas leak-
be installed with at least 12 inches (305 milli- age into the building and, if the conduit is
meters) of cover in private property and at sealed at both ends, a vent line from the annu-
least 18 inches (457 millimeters) of cover in lar space must extend to a point where gas
streets and roads. However, where an under- would not be a hazard, and extend above
ground structure prevents installation at those grade, terminating in a rain and insect resistant
depths, the service line must be able to with- fitting.
stand any anticipated external load. (g) Locating underground service lines.
(b) Support and backfill. Each service line Each underground nonmetallic service line that
must be properly supported on undisturbed or is not encased must have a means of locating
well-compacted soil, and material used for the pipe that complies with §192.321(e).
backfill must be free of materials that could
damage the pipe or its coating.
55
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended covered durable curb box or standpipe that
by Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26, allows ready operation of the valve and is sup-
1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, ported independently of the service lines.
1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15,
2003]
§192.367 Service lines: General require-
ments for connections to main piping.
§192.363 Service lines: Valve require-
ments. (a) Location. Each service line connection
to a main must be located at the top of the
(a) Each service line must have a service main or, if that is not practical, at the side of the
line valve that meets the applicable require- main, unless a suitable protective device is in-
ments of Subparts B and D of this part. A stalled to minimize the possibility of dust and
valve incorporated in a meter bar, that allows moisture being carried from the main into the
the meter to be bypassed, may not be used as service line.
a service line valve. (b) Compression-type connection to main.
(b) A soft seat service line valve may not Each compression-type service line to main
be used if its ability to control the flow of gas connection must:
could be adversely affected by exposure to (1) Be designed and installed to effectively
anticipated heat. sustain the longitudinal pullout or thrust forces
(c) Each service line valve on a high- caused by contraction or expansion of the pip-
pressure service line, installed above ground or ing, or by anticipated external or internal load-
in an area where the blowing of gas would be ing; and
hazardous, must be designed and constructed (2) If gaskets are used in connecting the
to minimize the possibility of the removal of the service line to the main connection fitting, have
core of the valve with other than specialized gaskets that are compatible with the kind of
tools. gas in the system.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] [Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26,
1996]
§192.365 Service lines: Location of

valves. §192.369 Service lines: Connections to
cast iron or ductile iron mains.
(a) Relation to regulator or meter. Each
service line valve must be installed upstream of (a) Each service line connected to a cast
the regulator or, if there is no regulator, up- iron or ductile iron main must be connected by
stream of the meter. a mechanical clamp, by drilling and tapping the
(b) Outside valves. Each service line must main, or by another method meeting the re-
have a shutoff valve in a readily accessible lo- quirements of §192.273.
cation that, if feasible, is outside of the building. (b) If a threaded tap is being inserted, the
(c) Underground valves. Each under- requirements of §192.151(b) and (c) must also
ground service line valve must be located in a be met.
56
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (2) It may terminate above ground level
and outside the building, if–
(i) The above ground level part of the plas-
§192.371 Service lines: Steel. tic service line is protected against deterioration
and external damage; and
Each steel service line to be operated at (ii) The plastic service line is not used to
less than 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage must be support external loads.
constructed of pipe designed for a minimum of (b) Each plastic service line inside a build-
100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage. ing must be protected against external damage.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17660, Nov. 17, 1996]
1970; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
1998]
§192.377 Service lines: Coppe r
§192.373 Service lines: Cast iron and Each copper service line installed within a
ductile iron. building must be protected against external
damage.
(a) Cast or ductile iron pipe less than 6
inches (152 millimeters) in diameter may not be [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
installed for service lines.
(b) If cast iron pipe or ductile iron pipe is
installed for use as a service line, the part of the §192.379 New service lines not in use.
service line which extends through the building
wall must be of steel pipe. Each service line that is not placed in ser-
(c) A cast iron or ductile iron service line vice upon completion of installation must com-
may not be installed in unstable soil or under a ply with one of the following until the customer
building. is supplied with gas:
(a) The valve that is closed to prevent the
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended flow of gas to the customer must be provided
by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, with a locking device or other means designed
1998] to prevent the opening of the valve by persons
other than those authorized by the operator.
(b) A mechanical device or fitting that will
§192.375 Service lines: Plastic. prevent the flow of gas must be installed in the
service line or in the meter assembly.
(a) Each plastic service line outside a build- (c) The customer's piping must be physi-
ing must be installed below ground level, ex- cally disconnected from the gas supply and the
cept that– open pipe ends sealed.
(1) It may be installed in accordance with
§192.321(g); and [Amdt. 192-8, 37 FR 20694, Oct. 1972]
57
§192.381 Service lines: Excess flow valve (d) An operator shall locate an excess flow
performance standards. valve as near as practical to the fitting connect-
ing the service line to its source of gas supply.
(a) Excess flow valves to be used on single (e) An operator should not install an excess
residence service lines that operate continu- flow valve on a service line where the operator
ously throughout the year at a pressure not less has prior experience with contaminants in the
than 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa0 gage must be manufac- gas stream, where these contaminants could be
tured and tested by the manufacturer according expected to cause the excess flow valve to
to an industry specification, or the manufac- malfunction or where the excess flow valve
turer's written specification, to ensure that each would interfere with necessary operation and
valve will: maintenance activities on the service, such as
(1) Function properly up to the maximum blowing liquids from the line.
operating pressure at which the valve is rated;
(2) Function properly at all temperatures [Amdt. 192-79, 61 FR 31449, June 20, 1996
reasonably expected in the operating environ- as amended by Amdt. 192-80, 62 FR 2618,
ment of the service line; Jan. 17, 1997; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500,
(3) At 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa) gage: July 13, 1998]
(i) Close at, or not more than 50 percent
above, the rated closure flow rate specified by
the manufacturer; and §192.383 Excess flow valve customer no-
(ii) Upon closure, reduce gas flow– tification.
(A) For an excess flow valve designed to
allow pressure to equalize across the valve, to (a) Definitions. As used in this section:
no more than 5 percent of the manufacturer's
specified closure flow rate, up to a maximum of Costs associated with installation
20 cubic feet per hour (0.57 cubic meters per means the costs directly connected with install-
hour); or ing an excess flow valve, for example, costs of
(B) For an excess flow valve designed to parts, labor, inventory and procurement. It
prevent equalization of pressure across the does not include maintenance and replacement
valve, to no more than 0.4 cubic feet per hour costs until such costs are incurred.
(.01 cubic meters per hour); and
Replaced service line means a natural
(4) Not close when the pressure is less
gas service line where the fitting that connects
than the manufacturer's minimum specified op-
the service line to the main is replaced or the
erating pressure and the flow rate is below the
piping connected to this fitting is replaced.
manufacturer's minimum specified closure flow
rate.
Service line customer means the person
(b) An excess flow valve must meet the
who pays the gas bill, or where service has not
applicable requirements of Subparts B and D
yet been established, the person requesting
of this part.
service.
(c) An operator must mark or otherwise
identify the presence of an excess flow valve
(b) Which customers must receive noti-
on the service line.
fication. Notification is required on each
58
newly installed service line or replaced service (1) An operator must make the following
line that operates continuously throughout the records available for inspection by the Admin-
year at a pressure not less than 68.9 m (10 istrator or a State agency participating under
psig) and that serves a single residence. On 49 U.S.C. 60105 or 60106:
these lines an operator of a natural gas distribu- (i) A copy of the notice currently in use,
tion system must notify the service line cus- and
tomer once in writing. (ii) Evidence that notice has been sent to
(c) What to put in the written notice. the service line customers set forth in para-
(1) An explanation for the customer that an graph (b) of this section, within the previous
excess flow valve meeting the performance three years.
standards prescribed under §192.381 is avail- (2) [Reserved]
able for the operator to install if the customer (f) When notification is not required.
bears the costs associated with installation; The notification requirements do not apply
(2) An explanation for the customer of the if the operator can demonstrate–
potential safety benefits that may be derived (1) That the operator will voluntarily install
from installing an excess flow valve. The ex- an excess flow valve or that the state or local
planation must include that an excess flow jurisdiction requires installation;
valve is designed to shut off the flow of natural (2) That excess flow valves meeting the
gas automatically if the service line breaks; performance standards of §192.381 are not
(3) A description of installation, mainte- available to the operator;
nance, and replacement costs. The notice must (3) That an operator has prior experience
explain that if the customer requests the opera- with contaminants in the gas stream that could
tor to install an EFV, the customer bears all interfere with the operation of an excess flow
costs associated with installation, and what valve, cause loss of service to a residence, or
those costs are. The notice must alert the cus- interfere with necessary operation or mainte-
tomer that costs for maintaining and replacing nance activities, such as blowing liquids from
an EFV may later be incurred, and what those the line.
costs will be, to the extent known. (4) That an emergency or short time notice
(d) When notification and installation replacement situation made it impractical for
must be made. the operator to notify a service line customer
(1) After February 3, 1999 an operator before replacing a service line. Examples of
must notify each service line customer set forth these situations would be where an operator
in paragraph (b) of this section: has to replace a service line quickly because
of–
(i) On new service lines when the customer
(i) Third party excavation damage;
applies for service.
(ii) Grade 1 leaks as defined in the Appen-
(ii) On replaced service lines when the op-
dix G–192-11 of the Gas Piping Technology
erator determines the service line will be re-
Committee guide for gas transmission and dis-
placed.
tribution systems;
(2) If a service line customer requests in-
(iii) A short notice service line relocation
stallation an operator must install the EFV at a
request.
mutually agreeable date.
(e) What records are required.
[Amdt. 192-83, 63 FR 5464, Feb. 3, 1998]
59
Subpart I–Requirements for Corrosion §192.453 General.
Control
The corrosion control procedures required
by §192.605(b)(2), including those for the de-
§192.451 Scope. sign, installation, operation, and maintenance of
cathodic protection systems, must be carried
(a) This subpart prescribes minimum re- out by, or under the direction of, a person
quirements for the protection of metallic pipe- qualified in pipeline corrosion control methods.
lines from external, internal, and atmospheric
corrosion. [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
(b) [Reserved] as amended by Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575,
Feb. 11, 1994]
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39389, §192.455 External corrosion control: Bur-
Sept. 5, 1978] ied or submerged pipelines installed after
July 31, 1971.
§192.452 Applicability to converted pipe- (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b),

lines. (c), and (f) of this section, each buried or sub-
merged pipeline installed after July 31, 1971,
Notwithstanding the date the pipeline was must be protected against external corrosion,
installed or any earlier deadlines for compli- including the following:
ance, each pipeline which qualifies for use un- (1) It must have an external protective
der this part in accordance with §192.14 must coating meeting the requirements of §192.461.
meet the requirements of this subpart specifi- (2) It must have a cathodic protection sys-
cally applicable to pipelines installed before tem designed to protect the pipeline in accor-
August 1, 1971, and all other applicable re- dance with this subpart, installed and placed in
quirements within operation within 1 year after completion of
1 year after the pipeline is readied for service. construction.
However, the requirements of this subpart spe- (b) An operator need not comply with
cifically applicable to pipelines installed after paragraph (a) of this section, if the operator
July 31, 1971, apply if the pipeline substantially can demonstrate by tests, investigation, or ex-
meets those requirements before it is readied perience in the area of application, including, as
for service or it is a segment which is replaced, a minimum, soil resistivity measurements and
relocated, or substantially altered. tests for corrosion accelerating bacteria, that a
corrosive environment does not exist. How-
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971, ever, within 6 months after an installation made
as amended by Amdt. 192-30, 42 FR 60146, pursuant to the preceding sentence, the opera-
Nov. 25, 1977] tor shall conduct tests, including pipe-to-soil
potential measurements with respect to either a
continuous reference electrode or an electrode
using close spacing, not to exceed 20 feet (6
60
meters), and soil resistivity measurements at Mar. 8, 1982; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770,
potential profile peak locations, to adequately June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500,
evaluate the potential profile along the entire July 13, 1998]
pipeline. If the tests made indicate that a cor-
rosive condition exists, the pipeline must be
cathodically protected in accordance with §192.457 External corrosion control: Bur-
paragraph (a)(2) of this section. ied or submerged pipelines installed be-
(c) An operator need not comply with fore August 1, 1971.
paragraph (a) of this section, if the operator
can demonstrate by tests, investigation, or ex- (a) Except for buried piping at compressor,
perience that- regulator, and measuring stations, each buried
(1) For a copper pipeline, a corrosive en- or submerged transmission line installed before
vironment does not exist; or August 1, 1971, that has an effective external
(2) For a temporary pipeline with an oper- coating must be cathodically protected along
ating period of service not to exceed 5 years the entire area that is effectively coated, in ac-
beyond installation, corrosion during the 5-year cordance with this subpart. For the purposes
period of service of the pipeline will not be det- of this subpart, a pipeline does not have an ef-
rimental to public safety. fective external coating if its cathodic protec-
(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of tion current requirements are substantially the
paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, if a pipeline same as if it were bare. The operator shall
is externally coated, it must be cathodically make tests to determine the cathodic protec-
protected in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) tion current requirements.
of this section. (b) Except for cast iron or ductile iron,
(e) Aluminum may not be installed in a bur- each of the following buried or submerged
ied or submerged pipeline if that aluminum is pipelines installed before August 1, 1971, must
exposed to an environment with a natural pH in be cathodically protected in accordance with
excess of 8, unless tests or experience indicate this subpart in areas in which active corrosion
its suitability in the particular environment in- is found:
volved. (1) Bare or ineffectively coated transmis-
(f) This section does not apply to electri- sion lines.
cally isolated, metal alloy fittings in plastic pipe- (2) Bare or coated pipes at compressor,
lines, if: regulator, and measuring stations.
(1) For the size fitting to be used, an op- (3) Bare or coated distribution lines.
erator can show by test, investigation, or ex-
perience in the area of application that ade- [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
quate corrosion control is provided by the alloy as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39389,
composition; and Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895,
(2) The fitting is designed to prevent leak- Sept. 15, 2003]
age caused by localized corrosion pitting.
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,

July 11, 1977; Amdt. 192-39, 47 FR 9842,
61
§192.459 External corrosion control: Ex- also have low moisture absorption and high
amination of buried pipeline when ex- electrical resistance.
posed. (c) Each external protective coating must
be inspected just prior to lowering the pipe into
Whenever an operator has knowledge that the ditch and backfilling, and any damage det-
any portion of a buried pipeline is exposed, the rimental to effective corrosion control must be
exposed portion must be examined for evi- repaired.
dence of external corrosion if the pipe is bare, (d) Each external protective coating must
or if the coating is deteriorated. If external cor- be protected from damage resulting from ad-
rosion requiring remedial action under verse ditch conditions or damage from sup-
§§ 192.483 through 192.489 is found, the porting blocks.
operator shall investigate circumferentially and (e) If coated pipe is installed by boring,
longitudinally beyond the exposed portion (by driving, or other similar method, precautions
visual examination, indirect method, or both) to must be taken to minimize damage to the coat-
determine whether additional corrosion requiring during installation.
ing remedial action exists in the vicinity of the
exposed portion. [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971]
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,

as amended by Amdt. 192-87, 64 FR 56978, §192.463 External corrosion control: Ca-
Oct. 22, 1999] thodic protection.
(a) Each cathodic protection system re-

§192.461 External corrosion control: Pro- quired by this subpart must provide a level of
tective coating. cathodic protection that complies with one or
more of the applicable criteria contained in
(a) Each external protective coating, Appendix D of this part. If none of these crite-
whether conductive or insulating, applied for ria is applicable, the cathodic protection system
the purpose of external corrosion control must provide a level of cathodic protection at
must– least equal to that provided by compliance with
(1) Be applied on a properly prepared sur- one or more of these criteria.
face; (b) If amphoteric metals are included in a
(2) Have sufficient adhesion to the metal buried or submerged pipeline containing a
surface to effectively resist underfilm migration metal or different anodic potential–
of moisture; (1) The amphoteric metals must be electri-
(3) Be sufficiently ductile to resist cracking; cally isolated from the remainder of the pipeline
(4) Have sufficient strength to resist dam- and cathodically protected; or
age due to handling and soil stress; and, (2) The entire buried or submerged pipe-
(5) Have properties compatible with any line must be cathodically protected at a ca-
supplemental cathodic protection. thodic potential that meets the requirements of
(b) Each external protective coating which Appendix D of this part for amphoteric metals.
is an electrically insulating type must
62
(c) The amount of cathodic protection must (e) After the initial evaluation required by
be controlled so as not to damage the protec- §§ 192.455(b) and (c) and 192.457(b), each
tive coating or the pipe. operator must, not less than every 3 years at
intervals not exceeding 39 months, reevaluate
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971] its unprotected pipelines and cathodically pro-
tect them in accordance with this subpart in
areas in which active corrosion is found. The
§192.465 External corrosion control: operator must determine the areas of active
Monitoring. corrosion by electrical survey. However, on
distribution lines and where an electrical survey
(a) Each pipeline that is under cathodic is impractical on transmission lines, areas of
protection must be tested at least once each active corrosion may be determined by other
calendar year, but with intervals not exceeding means that include review and analysis of leak
15 months, to determine whether the cathodic repair and inspection records, corrosion moni-
protection meets the requirements of toring records, exposed pipe inspection re-
§192.463. However, if tests at those intervals cords, and the pipeline environment. In this
are impractical for separately protected short section:
sections of mains or transmission lines, not in (1) Active corrosion means continuing cor-
excess of 100 feet (30 meters), or separately rosion which, unless controlled, could result in
protected service lines, these pipelines may be a condition that is detrimental to public safety.
surveyed on a sampling basis. At least 10 per- (2) Electrical survey means a series of
cent of these protected structures, distributed closely spaced pipe-to-soil readings over a
over the entire system must be surveyed each pipeline that are subsequently analyzed to iden-
calendar year, with a different 10 percent tify locations where a corrosive current is leav-
checked each subsequent year, so that the en- ing the pipeline.
tire system is tested in each 10-year period. (3) Pipeline environment includes soil resis-
(b) Each cathodic protection rectifier or tivity (high or low), soil moisture (wet or dry),
other impressed current power source must be soil contaminants that may promote corrosive
inspected six times each calendar year, but activity, and other known conditions that could
with intervals not exceeding 2½ months, to in- affect the probability of active corrosion.
sure that it is operating.
(c) Each reverse current switch, each di- [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
ode, and each interference bond whose failure as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598,
would jeopardize structure protection must be Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39389,
electrically checked for proper performance six Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-35, 44 FR 75381,
times each calendar year, but with intervals not Dec. 20, 1979; Amdt. 192-35A, 45 FR
exceeding 2½ months. Each other interference 23441, Apr. 7, 1980; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR
bond must be checked at least once each cal- 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR
endar year, but with intervals not exceeding 15 53895, Sept. 15, 2003]
months.
(d) Each operator shall take prompt reme-
dial action to correct any deficiencies indicated
by the monitoring.
63
§192.467 External corrosion control: §192.469 External corrosion control: Test
Electrical isolation. stations.
(a) Each buried or submerged pipeline Each pipeline under cathodic protection
must be electrically isolated from other under- required by this subpart must have sufficient
ground metallic structures, unless the pipeline test stations or other contact points for electri-
and the other structures are electrically inter- cal measurement to determine the adequacy of
connected and cathodically protected as a sin- cathodic protection.
gle unit.
(b) One or more insulating devices must be [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
installed where electrical isolation of a portion as amended by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34606,
of a pipeline is necessary to facilitate the appli- Aug. 16, 1976]
cation of corrosion control.
(c) Except for unprotected copper inserted
in a ferrous pipe, each pipeline must be electri- 192.471 External corrosion control: Test
cally isolated from metallic casings that are a leads.
part of the underground system. However, if (a) Each test lead wire must be connected
isolation is not achieved because it is impracti- to the pipeline so as to remain mechanically
cal, other measures must be taken to minimize secure and electrically conductive.
corrosion of the pipeline inside the casing. (b) Each test lead wire must be attached to
(d) Inspection and electrical tests must be the pipeline so as to minimize stress concentra-
made to assure that electrical isolation is ade- tion on the pipe.
quate. (c) Each bared test lead wire and bared
(e) An insulating device may not be in- metallic area at point of connection to the pipe-
stalled in an area where a combustible atmos- line must be coated with an electrical insulating
phere is anticipated unless precautions are material compatible with the pipe coating and
taken to prevent arcing. the insulation on the wire.
(f) Where a pipeline is located in close
proximity to electrical transmission tower foot- [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971]
ings, ground cables or counterpoise, or in other
areas where fault currents or unusual risk of
lightning may be anticipated, it must be pro- §192.473 External corrosion control: In-
vided with protection against damage due to terference currents.
fault currents or lightning, and protective meas-
ures must also be taken at insulating devices. (a) Each operator whose pipeline system is
subjected to stray currents shall have in effect a
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971, continuing program to minimize the detrimental
as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39389, effects of such currents.
Sept. 5, 1978] (b) Each impressed current type cathodic
protection system or galvanic anode system
must be designed and installed so as to mini-
mize any adverse effects on existing adjacent
underground metallic structures.
64
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971, to minimize internal corrosion. Each coupon or
as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39389, other means of monitoring internal corrosion
Sept. 5, 1978] must be checked two times each calendar
year, but with interval not exceeding 7½
months.
§192.475 Internal corrosion control:
General. [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
(a) Corrosive gas may not be transported Sept. 5, 1978]
by pipeline, unless the corrosive effect of the
gas on the pipeline has been investigated and
steps have been taken to minimize internal cor- §192.479 Atmospheric corrosion control:
rosion. General.
(b) Whenever any pipe is removed from a
pipeline for any reason, the internal surface (a) Each operator must clean and coat
must be inspected for evidence of corrosion. If each pipeline or portion of pipeline that is ex-
internal corrosion is found– posed to the atmosphere, except pipelines un-
(1) The adjacent pipe must be investigated der paragraph (c) of this section.
to determine the extent of internal corrosion: (b) Coating material must be suitable for
(2) Replacement must be made to the ex- the prevention of atmospheric corrosion.
tent required by the applicable paragraphs of (c) Except portions of pipelines in offshore
§§ 192.485, 192.487, or 192,489; and, splash zones or soil-to-air interfaces, the op-
(3) Steps must be taken to minimize the erator need not protect from atmospheric cor-
internal corrosion. rosion any pipeline for which the operator
(c) Gas containing more than 0.25 grain of demonstrates by test, investigation, or experi-
hydrogen sulfide per 100 cubic feet (5.8 milli- ence appropriate to the environment of the
grams/m3) at standard conditions (4 parts per pipeline that corrosion will—
million) may not be stored in pipe-type or bot- (1) Only be a light surface oxide; or
tle-type holders. (2) Not affect the safe operation of the
pipeline before the next scheduled inspection.
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39389, [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39389,
June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895,
July 13, 1998] Sept. 15, 2003]
§192.477 Internal corrosion control: §192.481 Atmospheric corrosion control:

Monitoring. Monitoring.
If corrosive gas is being transported, cou- (a) Each operator must inspect each pipe-
pons or other suitable means must be used to line or portion of pipeline that is exposed to the
determine the effectiveness of the steps taken
65
atmosphere for evidence of atmospheric corro- (c) Except for cast iron or ductile iron pipe,
sion, as follows: each segment of buried or submerged pipe that
is required to be repaired because of external
If the pipeline is lo- Then the frequency of corrosion must be cathodically protected in
cated: inspection is: accordance with this subpart.
Onshore At least once every 3 cal-
endar years, but with in-
tervals not exceeding 39 [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971]
months
Offshore At least once each calen-
dar year, but with intervals
§192.485 Remedial measures:
not exceeding 15 months
Transmission lines.
(b) During inspections the operator must
(a) General corrosion. Each segment of
give particular attention to pipe at soil-to-air
transmission line with general corrosion and
interfaces, under thermal insulation, under dis-
with a remaining wall thickness less than that
bonded coatings, at pipe supports, in splash
required for the MAOP of the pipeline must be
zones, at deck penetrations, and in spans over
replaced or the operating pressure reduced
water.
commensurate with the strength of the pipe
(c) If atmospheric corrosion is found during
based on actual remaining wall thickness.
an inspection, the operator must provide pro-
However, corroded pipe may be repaired by a
tection against the corrosion as required by
method that reliable engineering tests and
§192.479.
analyses show can permanently restore the
serviceability of the pipe. Corrosion pitting so
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
closely grouped as to affect the overall strength
of the pipe is considered general corrosion for
Sept. 15, 2003]
the purpose of this paragraph.
(b) Localized corrosion pitting. Each
segment of transmission line pipe with localized
§192.483 Remedial measures: General.
corrosion pitting to a degree where leakage
might result must be replaced or repaired, or
(a) Each segment of metallic pipe that re-
the operating pressure must be reduced com-
places pipe removed from a buried or sub-
mensurate with the strength of the pipe, based
merged pipeline because of external corrosion
on the actual remaining wall thickness in the
must have a properly prepared surface and
pits.
must be provided with an external protective
(c) Under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
coating that meets the requirements of
section, the strength of pipe based on actual
§192.461.
remaining wall thickness may be determined by
(b) Each segment of metallic pipe that re-
the procedure in ASME/ANSI B31G or the
places pipe removed from a buried or sub-
procedure in AGA Pipeline Research Commit-
merged pipeline because of external corrosion
tee Project PR 3-805 (with RSTRENG disk).
must be cathodically protected in accordance
Both procedures apply to corroded regions
with this subpart.
that do not penetrate the pipe wall, subject to
the limitations prescribed in the procedures.
66
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971, fracture or any leakage might result, must be
as amended by Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39389, replaced.
Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, (b) Localized graphitization. Each segment
June 6, 1996; Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR 69660, of cast iron or ductile iron pipe on which local-
Dec. 14, 1999] ized graphitization is found to a degree where
any leakage might result, must be replaced or
repaired, or sealed by internal sealing methods
§192.487 Remedial measures: Distribu- adequate to prevent or arrest any leakage.
tion lines other than cast iron or ductile
iron lines. [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971]
(a) General corrosion. Except for cast

iron or ductile iron pipe, each segment of gen- §192.491 Corrosion control records.
erally corroded distribution line pipe with a re-
maining wall thickness less than that required (a) Each operator shall maintain records or
for the MAOP of the pipeline, or a remaining maps to show the location of cathodically pro-
wall thickness less than 30 percent of the tected piping, cathodic protection facilities, gal-
nominal wall thickness, must be replaced. vanic anodes, and neighboring structures
However, corroded pipe may be repaired by a bonded to the cathodic protection system.
method that reliable engineering tests and Records or maps showing a stated number of
analyses show can permanently restore the anodes, installed in a stated manner or spacing,
serviceability of the pipe. Corrosion pitting so need not show specific distances to each bur-
closely grouped as to affect the overall strength ied anode.
of the pipe is considered general corrosion for (b) Each record or map required by para-
the purpose of this paragraph. graph (a) of this section must be retained for as
(b) Localized corrosion pitting. Except for long as the pipeline remains in service.
cast iron or ductile iron pipe, each segment of (c) Each operator shall maintain a record
distribution line pipe with localized corrosion of each test, survey, or inspection required by
pitting to a degree where leakage might result this subpart in sufficient detail to demonstrate
must be replaced or repaired. the adequacy of corrosion control measures or
that a corrosive condition does not exist.
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971, These records must be retained for at least 5
as amended by Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR 69660, years, except that records related to
Dec. 14, 1999] §§ 192.465(a) and (e) and 192.475(b) must
be retained for as long as the pipeline remains
in service.
§192.489 Remedial measures: Cast iron
and ductile iron pipelines. [Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,
(a) General graphitization. Each segment Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770,
of cast iron or ductile iron pipe on which gen- June 6, 1996]
eral graphitization is found to a degree where a
67
Subpart J–Test Requirements requirements of this subpart, but each non-
welded joint must be leak tested at not less
§192.501 Scope. than its operating pressure.
This subpart prescribes minimum leak-test [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
and strength-test requirements for pipelines. by Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21,
1988; Amdt. 192-60, 53 FR 36028, Sept. 16,
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] 1988; Amdt. 192-60A, 54 FR 5485, Feb. 3,
1989]
§192.503 General requirements.

§192.505 Strength test requirements for
(a) No person may operate a new segment steel pipeline to operate at a hoop stress
of pipeline, or return to service a segment of of 30 pe rcent or more of SMYS.
pipeline that has been relocated or replaced,
until– (a) Except for service lines, each segment
(1) It has been tested in accordance with of a steel pipeline that is to operate at a hoop
this subpart and §192.619 to substantiate the stress of 30 percent or more of SMYS must
maximum allowable operating pressure; and be strength tested in accordance with this sec-
(2) Each potentially hazardous leak has tion to substantiate the proposed maximum
been located and eliminated. allowable operating pressure. In addition, in a
(b) The test medium must be liquid, air, Class 1 or Class 2 location, if there is a build-
natural gas, or inert gas that is– ing intended for human occupancy within 300
(1) Compatible with the material of which feet (91 meters) of a pipeline, a hydrostatic test
the pipeline is constructed; must be conducted to a test pressure of at least
(2) Relatively free of sedimentary materials; 125 percent of maximum operating pressure on
and, that segment of the pipeline within 300 feet (91
(3) Except for natural gas, nonflammable. meters) of such a building, but in no event may
(c) Except as provided in §192.505(a), if the test section be less than 600 feet (183 me-
air, natural gas, or inert gas is used as the test ters) unless the length of the newly installed or
medium, the following maximum hoop stress relocated pipe is less than 600 feet (183 me-
limitations apply: ters). However, if the buildings are evacuated
while the hoop stress exceeds 50 percent of
Maximum hoop stress allowed as per- SMYS, air or inert gas may be used as the test
Class centage of SMYS medium.
loca- Natural gas Air or inert gas
tion
(b) In a Class 1 or Class 2 location, each
1 80 80 compressor station, regulator station, and
2 30 75 measuring station, must be tested to at least
3 30 50 Class 3 location test requirements.
4 30 40 (c) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of
this section, the strength test must be con-
(d) Each joint used to tie in a test segment ducted by maintaining the pressure at or above
of pipeline is excepted from the specific test the test pressure for at least 8 hours.
68
(d) If a component other than pipe is the tentially hazardous leaks in the segment being
only item being replaced or added to a pipe- tested.
line, a strength test after installation is not re- (b) If, during the test, the segment is to be
quired, if the manufacturer of the component stressed to 20 percent or more of SMYS and
certifies that– natural gas, inert gas, or air is the test medium–
(1) The component was tested to at least (1) A leak test must be made at a pressure
the pressure required for the pipeline to which it between 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage and the
is being added; or pressure required to produce a hoop stress of
(2) The component was manufactured un- 20 percent of SMYS; or
der a quality control system that ensures that (2) The line must be walked to check for
each item manufactured is at least equal in leaks while the hoop stress is held at approxi-
strength to a prototype and that the prototype mately 20 percent of SMYS.
was tested to at least the pressure required for (c) The pressure must be maintained at or
the pipeline to which it is being added; or above the test pressure for at least 1 hour.
(3) The component carries a pressure rat-
ing established through applicable [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
ASME/ANSI, MSS specifications, or by unit by Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21,
strength calculations as described in §192.143. 1988; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
(e) For fabricated units and short sections 1998]
of pipe, for which a post installation test is im-
practical, a preinstallation strength test must be
conducted by maintaining the pressure for at §192.509 Test requirements for pipelines
least 4 hours. to operate below 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended Except for service lines and plastic pipe-
by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, lines, each segment of a pipeline that is to be
1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, operated below 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage
2004] must be leak tested in accordance with the fol-
lowing:
(a) The test procedure used must ensure
§192.507 Test requirements for pipelines discovery of all potentially hazardous leaks in
to operate at a hoop stress less than 30 the segment being tested.
percent of SMYS and at or above 100 (b) Each main that is to be operated at less
p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage. than 1 p.s.i. (6.9 kPa) gage must be tested to
at least 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa) gage and each main
Except for service lines and plastic pipe- to be operated at or above 1 p.s.i. (6.9 kPa)
lines, each segment of a pipeline that is to be gage must be tested to at least 90 p.s.i. (621
operated at a hoop stress less than 30 percent kPa) gage.
of SMYS and at or above 100 p.s.i. (689
kPa) gage must be tested in accordance with [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
the following: by Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21,
(a) The pipeline operator must use a test 1988; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
procedure that will ensure discovery of all po- 1998]
69
§192.511 Test requirements for service be more than three times the pressure deter-
lines. mined under §192.121, at a temperature not
less than the pipe temperature during the test.
(a) Each segment of a service line (other (d) During the test, the temperature of
than plastic) must be leak tested in accordance thermoplastic material may not be more than
with this section before being placed in service. 100°F (38°C), or the temperature at which the
If feasible, the service line connection to the material's long-term hydrostatic strength has
main must be included in the test; if not feasi- been determined under the listed specification,
ble, it must be given a leakage test at the oper- whichever is greater.
ating pressure when placed in service.
(b) Each segment of a service line (other [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
than plastic) intended to be operated at a pres- by Amdt. 192-77, 61 FR 27789, June 3,
sure of at least 1 p.s.i. (6.9 kPa) gage but not 1996; Amdt. 192-77A, 61 FR 45905, Aug.
more than 40 p.s.i. (276 kPa) gage must be 30, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July
given a leak test at a pressure of not less than 13, 1998 ]
50 p.s.i. (345 kPa) gage.
(c) Each segment of a service line (other
than plastic) intended to be operated at pres- §192.515 Environmental protection and
sures of more than 40 p.s.i. (276 kPa) gage safety requirements.
must be tested to at least 90 p.s.i. (621 kPa)
gage, except that each segment of the steel (a) In conducting tests under this subpart,
service line stressed to 20 percent or more of each operator shall insure that every reason-
SMYS must be tested in accordance with able precaution is taken to protect its employ-
§192.507 of this subpart. ees and the general public during the testing.
Whenever the hoop stress of the segment of
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended the pipeline being tested will exceed 50 percent
by Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26, of SMYS, the operator shall take all practica-
1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, ble steps to keep persons not working on the
1998] testing operation outside of the testing area until
the pressure is reduced to or below the pro-
posed maximum allowable operating pressure.
§192.513 Test requirements for plastic (b) The operator shall insure that the test
pipelines. medium is disposed of in a manner that will
minimize damage to the environment.
(a) Each segment of a plastic pipeline must
be tested in accordance with this section. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
(b) The test procedure must insure discov-
ery of all potentially hazardous leaks in the seg-
ment being tested. §192.517 Records.
(c) The test pressure must be at least 150
percent of the maximum operating pressure or (a) Each operator shall make, and retain
50 p.s.i. (345 kPa) gage, whichever is greater. for the useful life of the pipeline, a record of
However, the maximum test pressure may not each test performed under §§ 192.505 and
70
192.507. The record must contain at least the
following information:
(1) The operator's name, the name of the
operator's employee responsible for making
the test, and the name of any test company
used.
(2) Test medium used.
(3) Test pressure.
(4) Test duration.
(5) Pressure recording charts, or other re-
cord of pressure readings.
(6) Elevation variations, whenever signifi-
cant for the particular test.
(7) Leaks and failures noted and their dis-
position.
(b) Each operator must maintain a record
of each test required by §§ 192.509, 192.511,
and 192.513 for at least 5 years.

by Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15,
2003]
71
Subpart K–Uprating vided in §192.555(c), a new maximum allow-
able operating pressure established under this
subpart may not exceed the maximum that
§192.551 Scope. would be allowed under §§ 192.619 and
192.621for a new segment of pipeline con-
This subpart prescribes minimum require- structed of the same materials in the same loca-
ments for increasing maximum allowable oper- tion. However, when uprating a steel pipeline,
ating pressures (uprating) for pipelines. if any variable necessary to determine the de-
sign pressure under the design formula
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (§192.105) is unknown, the MAOP may be
increased as provided in §192.619(a)(1).
§192.553 General requirements. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
(a) Pressure increases. Whenever the re- 1996; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15,
quirements of this subpart require that an in- 2003]
crease in operating pressure be made in incre-
ments, the pressure must be increased gradu-
ally, at a rate that can be controlled, and in ac- §192.555 Uprating to a pressure that will
cordance with the following: produce a hoop stress of 30 pe rcent or
(1) At the end of each incremental in- more of SMYS in steel pipelines.
crease, the pressure must be held constant
while the entire segment of the pipeline that is (a) Unless the requirements of this section
affected is checked for leaks. have been met, no person may subject any
(2) Each leak detected must be repaired segment of a steel pipeline to an operating
before a further pressure increase is made, ex- pressure that will produce a hoop stress of 30
cept that a leak determined not to be poten- percent or more of SMYS and that is above
tially hazardous need not be repaired, if it is the established maximum allowable operating
monitored during the pressure increase and it pressure.
does not become potentially hazardous. (b) Before increasing operating pressure
(b) Records. Each operator who uprates a above the previously established maximum al-
segment of pipeline shall retain for the life of the lowable operating pressure the operator shall:
segment a record of each investigation required (1) Review the design, operating, and
by this subpart, of all work performed, and of maintenance history and previous testing of the
each pressure test conducted, in connection segment of pipeline and determine whether the
with the uprating. proposed increase is safe and consistent with
(c) Written plan. Each operator who the requirements of this part; and
uprates a segment of pipeline shall establish a (2) Make any repairs, replacements, or
written procedure that will ensure that each alterations in the segment of pipeline that are
applicable requirement of this subpart is com- necessary for safe operation at the increased
plied with. pressure.
(d) Limitation on increase in maximum al- (c) After complying with paragraph (b) of
lowable operating pressure. Except as pro- this section, an operator may increase the
72
maximum allowable operating pressure of a §192.557 Uprating: Steel pipelines to a
segment of pipeline constructed before Sep- pressure that will produce a hoop stress
tember 12, 1970, to the highest pressure that is less than 30 pe rcent of SMYS: plastic,
permitted under §192.619, using as test pres- cast iron, and ductile iron pipelines.
sure the highest pressure to which the segment
of pipeline was previously subjected (either in a (a) Unless the requirements of this section
strength test or in actual operation). have been met, no person may subject:
(d) After complying with paragraph (b) of (1) A segment of steel pipeline to an oper-
this section, an operator that does not qualify ating pressure that will produce a hoop stress
under paragraph (c) of this section may in- less than 30 percent of SMYS and that is
crease the previously established maximum above the previously established maximum al-
allowable operating pressure if at least one of lowable operating pressure; or
the following requirements is met: (2) A plastic, cast iron, or ductile iron
(1) The segment of pipeline is successfully pipeline segment to an operating pressure that
tested in accordance with the requirements of is above the previously established maximum
this part for a new line of the same material in allowable operating pressure.
the same location. (b) Before increasing operating pressure
(2) An increased maximum allowable op- above the previously established maximum al-
erating pressure may be established for a seg- lowable operating pressure, the operator shall:
ment of pipeline in a Class 1 location if the line (1) Review the design, operating, and
has not previously been tested, and if: maintenance history of the segment of pipeline;
(i) It is impractical to test it in accordance (2) Make a leakage survey (if it has been
with the requirements of this part; more than 1 year since the last survey) and re-
(ii) The new maximum operating pressure pair any leaks that are found, except that a leak
does not exceed 80 percent of that allowed for determined not to be potentially hazardous
a new line of the same design in the same loca- need not be repaired, if it is monitored during
tion; and, the pressure increase and it does not become
(iii) The operator determines that the new potentially hazardous;
maximum allowable operating pressure is con- (3) Make any repairs, replacements, or
sistent with the condition of the segment of alterations in the segment of pipeline that are
pipeline and the design requirements of this necessary for safe operation at the increased
part. pressure;
(e) Where a segment of pipeline is uprated (4) Reinforce or anchor offsets, bends and
in accordance with paragraph (c) or (d)(2) of dead ends in pipe joined by compression cou-
this section, the increase in pressure must be plings or bell and spigot joints to prevent failure
made in increments that are equal to: of the pipe joint, if the offset, bend, or dead
(1) 10 percent of the pressure before the end is exposed in an excavation;
uprating; or (5) Isolate the segment of pipeline in which
(2) 25 percent of the total pressure in- the pressure is to be increased from any adja-
crease, whichever produces the fewer number cent segment that will continue to be operated
of increments. at a lower pressure; and,
(6) If the pressure in mains or service lines,
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] or both, is to be higher than the pressure deliv-
73
ered to the customer, install a service regulator taken must be increased by the allowance indi-
on each service line and test each regulator to cated in the following table:
determine that it is functioning. Pressure may
be increased as necessary to test each regula- Allowance (inches) (millimeters)
tor, after a regulator has been installed on each Pipe size Cast iron pipe Ductile
(inches) Pit cast Centri- iron pipe
pipeline subject to the increased pressure. (millimeters) pipe fugally
(c) After complying with paragraph (b) of cast
this section, the increase in maximum allowable pipe
operating pressure must be made in increments 3 to 8 0.075 0.065 0.065
(76 to 203) (1.91)
that are equal to 10 p.s.i. (69 kPa) gage or 25
10 to 12 0.080 0.070 0.070
percent of the total pressure increase, which- (254 to 305) (2.03)
ever produces the fewer number of increments. 14 to 24 0.080 0.080 0.075
Whenever the requirements of paragraph (356 to 610) (2.03) (2.03) (1.91)
(b)(6) of this section apply, there must be at 30 to 42 0.090 0.090 0.075
(762 to (2.29) (2.29) (1.91)
least two approximately equal incremental in- 1067)
creases. 48 (1219) 0.090 0.090 0.080
(d) If records for cast iron or ductile iron (2.29) (2.29)
pipeline facilities are not complete enough to 54 to 60 0.090
determine stresses produced by internal pres- (1372 to (2.29)
1524)
sure, trench loading, rolling loads, beam
stresses, and other bending loads, in evaluating
(4) For cast iron pipe, unless the pipe
the level of safety of the pipeline when operat-
manufacturing process is known, the operator
ing at the proposed increased pressure, the
shall assume that the pipe is pit cast pipe with a
following procedures must be followed:
bursting tensile strength of 11,000 p.s.i. (76
(1) In estimating the stress, if the original
MPa) gage and a modulus of rupture of
laying conditions cannot be ascertained, the
31,000 p.s.i. (214 MPa) gage.
operator shall assume that cast iron pipe was
supported on blocks with tamped backfill and
that ductile iron pipe was laid without blocks
by Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2,
with tamped backfill.
1981; Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6,
(2) Unless the actual maximum cover depth
1989; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
is known, the operator shall measure the actual
1998]
cover in at least three places where the cover is
most likely to be greatest and shall use the
greatest cover measured.
(3) Unless the actual nominal wall thickness
is known, the operator shall determine the wall
thickness by cutting and measuring coupons
from at least three separate pipe lengths. The
coupons must be cut from pipe lengths in areas
where the cover depth is most likely to be the
greatest. The average of all measurements
74
Subpart L–Operations maintenance activities and for emergency re-
sponse. For transmission lines, the manual
§192.601 Scope. must also include procedures for handling ab-
normal operations. This manual must be re-
This subpart prescribes minimum require- viewed and updated by the operator at inter-
ments for the operation of pipeline facilities. vals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once
each calendar year. This manual must be pre-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] pared before operations of a pipeline system
commence. Appropriate parts of the manual
must be kept at locations where operations and
§192.603 General provisions . maintenance activities are conducted.
(b) Maintenance and normal operations.
(a) No person may operate a segment of The manual required by paragraph (a) of this
pipeline unless it is operated in accordance section must include procedures for the follow-
with this subpart. ing, if applicable, to provide safety during
(b) Each operator shall keep records nec- maintenance and operations.
essary to administer the procedures established (1) Operating, maintaining, and repairing
under §192.605. the pipeline in accordance with each of the re-
(c) The Administrator or the State Agency quirements of this subpart and Subpart M of
that has submitted a current certification under this part.
the pipeline safety laws (49 U.S.C. 60101, et (2) Controlling corrosion in accordance
seq.) with respect to the pipeline facility gov- with the operations and maintenance require-
erned by an operator's plans and procedures ments of Subpart I of this part.
may, after notice and opportunity for hearing as (3) Making construction records, maps,
provided in 49 CFR 190.237 or the relevant and operating history available to appropriate
State procedures, require the operator to operating personnel.
amend its plans and procedures as necessary (4) Gathering of data needed for reporting
to provide a reasonable level of safety. incidents under Part 191 of this chapter in a
timely and effective manner.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 9, 1970, as amended (5) Starting up and shutting down any part
by 192-66, 56 FR 31087, July 9, 1991; of the pipeline in a manner designed to assure
Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575, Feb. 11, 1994; operation within the MAOP limits prescribed
Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26, 1996] by this part, plus the build-up allowed for op-
eration of pressure-limiting and control devices.
(6) Maintaining compressor stations, in-
§192.605 Procedural manual for opera- cluding provisions for isolating units or sections
tions, maintenance, and emergencies of pipe and for purging before returning to ser-
vice.
Each operator shall include the following in (7) Starting, operating and shutting down
its operating and maintenance plan: gas compressor units.
(a) General. Each operator shall prepare (8) Periodically reviewing the work done
and follow for each pipeline, a manual of writ- by operator personnel to determine the effec-
ten procedures for conducting operations and tiveness and adequacy of the procedures used
75
in normal operation and maintenance and (iv) Operation of any safety device; and,
modifying the procedure when deficiencies are (v) Any other foreseeable malfunction of a
found. component, deviation from normal operation,
(9) Taking adequate precautions in exca- or personnel error which may result in a hazard
vated trenches to protect personnel from the to persons or property.
hazards of unsafe accumulations of vapor or (2) Checking variations from normal op-
gas, and making available when needed at the eration after abnormal operation has ended at
excavation, emergency rescue equipment, insufficient critical locations in the system to de-
cluding a breathing apparatus and, a rescue termine continued integrity and safe operation.
harness and line. (3) Notifying responsible operator person-
(10) Systematic and routine testing and nel when notice of an abnormal operation is
inspection of pipe-type or bottle-type holders received.
including – (4) Periodically reviewing the response of
(i) Provision for detecting external corro- operator personnel to determine the effective-
sion before the strength of the container has ness of the procedures controlling abnormal
been impaired; operation and taking corrective action where
(ii) Periodic sampling and testing of gas in deficiencies are found.
storage to determine the dew point of vapors (5) The requirements of this paragraph (c)
contained in the stored gas which, if con- do not apply to natural gas distribution opera-
densed, might cause internal corrosion or inter- tors that are operating transmission lines in
fere with the safe operation of the storage connection with their distribution system.
plant; and, (d) Safety-related condition reports. The
(iii) Periodic inspection and testing of pres- manual required by paragraph (a) of this sec-
sure limiting equipment to determine that it is in tion must include instructions enabling person-
safe operating condition and has adequate ca- nel who perform operation and maintenance
pacity. activities to recognize conditions that potentially
(11) Responding promptly to a report of a may be safety-related conditions that are sub-
gas odor inside or near a building, unless the ject to the reporting requirements of §191.23
operator's emergency procedures under of this subchapter.
§192.615(a)(3) specifically apply to these re- (e) Surveillance, emergency response, and
ports. accident investigation. The procedures re-
(c) Abnormal operation. For transmission quired by §§ 192.613(a), 192.615, and
lines, the manual required by paragraph (a) of 192.617 must be included in the manual re-
this section must include procedures for the quired by paragraph (a) of this section
following to provide safety when operating de-
sign limits have been exceeded: [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
(1) Responding to, investigating, and cor- by Amdt. 192-59, 53 FR 24942, July 1,1988;
recting the cause of: Amdt. 192-59C, 53 FR 26560, July 13,
(i) Unintended closure of valves or shut- 1988; Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6579, Feb. 11,
downs; 1994; Amdt. 192-71A, 60 FR 14381, Mar.
(ii) Increase or decrease in pressure or 17, 1995; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept.
flow rate outside normal operating limits; 15, 2003]
(iii) Loss of communications;
76
§192.607 [Removed and Reserved] §192.611 Change in class location: Con-
firmation or revision of maximum allow-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 10, 1970, as amended able operating pre ssure.
by Amdt. 192-5, 36 FR 18194, Sept. 10,
1971; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, (a) If the hoop stress corresponding to the
1996] established maximum allowable operating pres-
sure of a segment of pipeline is not commensu-
rate with the present class location, and the
§192.609 Change in class location: Re- segment is in satisfactory physical condition,
quired study. the maximum allowable operating pressure of
that segment of pipeline must be confirmed or
Whenever an increase in population density revised according to one of the following re-
indicates a change in class location for a seg- quirements:
ment of an existing steel pipeline operating at a (1) If the segment involved has been previ-
hoop stress that is more than 40 percent of ously tested in place for a period of not less
SMYS, or indicates that the hoop stress corre- than 8 hours, the maximum allowable operating
sponding to the established maximum allowable pressure is 0.8 times the test pressure in Class
operating pressure for a segment of existing 2 locations, 0.667 times the test pressure in
pipeline is not commensurate with the present Class 3 locations, or 0.555 times the test pres-
class location, the operator shall immediately sure in Class 4 locations. The corresponding
make a study to determine; hoop stress may not exceed 72 percent of the
(a) The present class location for the seg- SMYS of the pipe in Class 2 locations, 60
ment involved. percent of SMYS in Class 3 locations, or 50
(b) The design, construction, and testing percent of SMYS in Class 4 locations.
procedures followed in the original construc- (2) The maximum allowable operating
tion, and a comparison of these procedures pressure of the segment involved must be re-
with those required for the present class loca- duced so that the corresponding hoop stress is
tion by the applicable provisions of this part. not more than that allowed by this part for new
(c) The physical condition of the segment segments of pipelines in the existing class loca-
to the extent it can be ascertained from avail- tion.
able records; (3) The segment involved must be tested in
(d) The operating and maintenance history accordance with the applicable requirements of
of the segment; Subpart J of this part, and its maximum allow-
(e) The maximum actual operating pressure able operating pressure must then be estab-
and the corresponding operating hoop stress, lished according to the following criteria:
taking pressure gradient into account, for the (i) The maximum allowable operating pres-
segment of pipeline involved; and, sure after the requalification test is 0.8 times the
(f) The actual area affected by the popula- test pressure for Class 2 locations, 0.667 times
tion density increase, and physical barriers or the test pressure for Class 3 locations, and
other factors which may limit further expansion 0.555 times the test pressure for Class 4 loca-
of the more densely populated area. tions.
(ii) The corresponding hoop stress may not
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] exceed 72 percent of the SMYS of the pipe in
77
Class 2 locations, 60 percent of SMYS in The procedures must be in effect August 10,
Class 3 locations, or 50 percent of SMYS in 2005.
Class 4 locations. (b) Each operator shall conduct appropriate
(b) The maximum allowable operating periodic underwater inspections of its pipelines
pressure confirmed or revised in accordance in the Gulf of Mexico and its inlets in waters less
with this section, may not exceed the maximum than 15 feet (4.6 meters) deep as measured
allowable operating pressure established be- from mean low water based on the identified
fore the confirmation or revision. risk.
(c) Confirmation or revision of the maxi- (c) If an operator discovers that its pipeline
mum allowable operating pressure of a seg- is an exposed underwater pipeline or poses a
ment of pipeline in accordance with this section hazard to navigation, the operator shall—
does not preclude the application of (1) Promptly, but not later than 24 hours
§§ 192.553 and 192.555. after discovery, notify the National Response
(d) Confirmation or revision of the maxi- Center, telephone: 1-800-424-8802, of the
mum allowable operating pressure that is relocation and, if available, the geographic coor-
quired as a result of a study under §192.609 dinates of that pipeline.
must be completed within 24 months of the (2) Promptly, but not later than 7 days after
change in class location. Pressure reduction discovery, mark the location of the pipeline in
under paragraph (a) (1) or (2) of this section accordance with 33 CFR part 64 at the ends of
within the 24-month period does not preclude the pipeline segment and at intervals of not over
establishing a maximum allowable operating 500 yards (457 meters) long, except that a
pressure under paragraph (a)(3) of this section pipeline segment less than 200 yards (183 me-
at a later date. ters) long need only be marked at the center;
and
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended (3) Within 6 months after discovery, or not
by Amdt. 192-5, 36 FR 18195, Sept. 10, later than November 1 of the following year if
1971; Amdt. 192-53, 51 FR 34987, Oct. 1, the 6 month period is later than November 1 of
1986; Amdt. 192-63, 54 FR 24173, June 6, the year of discovery, bury the pipeline so that
1989; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, the top of the pipe is 36 inches (914 millime-
1996; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, ters) below the underwater natural bottom (as
2004] determined by recognized and generally ac-
cepted practices) for normal excavation or 18
inches (457 millimeters) for rock excavation.
§192.612 Underwater inspection and re- (i) An operator may employ engineered
burial of pipelines in the Gulf of Mexico alternatives to burial that meet or exceed the
and its inlets. level of protection provided by burial.
(ii) If an operator cannot obtain required
(a) Each operator shall prepare and follow state or Federal permits in time to comply with
a procedure to identify its pipelines in the Gulf this section, it must notify OPS; specify
of Mexico and its inlets in waters less than 15 whether the required permit is State or Fed-
feet (4.6 meters) deep as measured from mean eral; and, justify the delay.
low water that are at risk of being an exposed
underwater pipeline or a hazard to navigation.
78
[Amdt. 192-67, 56 FR 63764, Dec. 5, 1991 program, such as a one-call system, but such
as amended by Amdt 192-85, 63 FR 37500, participation does not relieve the operator of
July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-98, 69 FR 48400, responsibility for compliance with this section.
Aug. 10, 2004] However, an operator must perform the duties
of paragraph (c)(3) of this section through par-
ticipation in a one-call system, if that one-call
§192.613 Continuing Surveillance. system is a qualified one-call system. In areas
that are covered by more than one qualified
(a) Each operator shall have a procedure one-call system, an operator need only join
for continuing surveillance of its facilities to de- one of the qualified one-call systems if there is
termine and take appropriate action concerning a central telephone number for excavators to
changes in class location, failures, leakage his- call for excavation activities, or if the one-call
tory, corrosion, substantial changes in cathodic systems in those areas communicate with one
protection requirements, and other unusual op- another. An operator’s pipeline system must
erating and maintenance conditions. be covered by a qualified one-call system
(b) If a segment of pipeline is determined where there is one in place. For the purpose
to be in unsatisfactory condition but no imme- of this section, a one-call system is considered
diate hazard exists, the operator shall initiate a a “qualified one-call system” if it meets the re-
program to recondition or phase out the seg- quirements of section (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this
ment involved, or, if the segment cannot be section.
reconditioned or phased out, reduce the maxi- (1) The state has adopted a one-call dam-
mum allowable operating pressure in accor- age prevention program under §198.37 of this
dance with §192.619(a) and (b). chapter, or
(2) The one-call system:
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (i) Is operated in accordance with §198.39
of this chapter;
(ii) Provides a pipeline operator an oppor-
§192.614 Damage prevention program. tunity similar to a voluntary participant to have
a part in management responsibilities; and
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (d) (iii) Assesses a participating pipeline op-
and (e) of this section, each operator of a bur- erator a fee that is proportionate to the costs of
ied pipeline shall carry out, in accordance with the one-call system’s coverage of the opera-
this section, a written program to prevent dam- tor’s pipeline.
age to that pipeline from excavation activities. (c) The damage prevention program re-
For the purpose of this section, the term "exca- quired by paragraph (a) of this section must, at
vation activities" includes excavation, blasting, a minimum:
boring, tunneling, backfilling, the removal of (1) Include the identity, on a current basis,
above ground structures by either explosive or of persons who normally engage in excavation
mechanical means, and other earth moving op- activities in the area in which the pipeline is lo-
erations. cated.
(b) An operator may comply with any of (2) Provides for notification of the public in
the requirements of paragraph (c) of this sec- the vicinity of the pipeline and actual notifica-
tion through participation in a public service tion of the persons identified in paragraph
79
(c)(1) of this section of the following as often (1) The requirement of paragraph (a) of
as needed to make them aware of the damage this section that the damage prevention pro-
prevention program: gram be written; and
(i) The program's existence and purpose; (2) The requirements of paragraphs (c)(1)
and and (c)(2) of this section.
(ii) How to learn the location of under-
ground pipelines before excavation activities [Amdt. 192-40, 47 FR 13818, Apr. 1, 1982;
are begun. Amdt. 192-57, 52 FR 32798, Aug. 31, 1987;
(3) Provide a means of receiving and re- Amdt. 192-73, 60 FR 14646, Mar. 20, 1995;
cording notification of planned excavation ac- Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996;
tivities. Amdt. 192-82, 62 FR 61695, Nov. 19, 1997;
(4) If the operator has buried pipelines in Amdt. 192-84, 63 FR 7721, Feb. 17, 1998;
the area of excavation activity, provide for ac- Amdt. 192-84A, 63 FR 38757, July 20,
tual notification of persons who give notice of 1998]
their intent to excavate of the type of tempo-
rary marking to be provided and how to iden-
tify the markings. §192.615 Emergency plans.
(5) Provide for temporary marking of bur-
ied pipelines in the area of excavation activity (a) Each operator shall establish written
before, as far as practical, the activity begins. procedures to minimize the hazard resulting
(6) Provide as follows for inspection of from a gas pipeline emergency. At a minimum,
pipelines that an operator has reason to believe the procedures must provide for the following:
could be damaged by excavation activities: (1) Receiving, identifying, and classifying
(i) The inspection must be done as fre- notices of events which require immediate re-
quently as necessary during and after the activi- sponse by the operator.
ties to verify the integrity of the pipeline; and (2) Establishing and maintaining adequate
(ii) In the case of blasting, any inspection means of communication with appropriate fire,
must include leakage surveys. police, and other public officials.
(d) A damage prevention program under (3) Prompt and effective response to a no-
this section is not required for the following tice of each type of emergency, including the
pipelines: following:
(1) Pipelines located offshore. (i) Gas detected inside or near a building.
(2) Pipelines, other than those located off- (ii) Fire located near or directly involving a
shore, in Class 1 or 2 locations until September pipeline facility.
20, 1995. (iii) Explosion occurring near or directly
(3) Pipelines to which access is physically involving a pipeline facility.
controlled by the operator. (iv) Natural disaster.
(e) Pipelines operated by persons other (4) The availability of personnel, equip-
than municipalities (including operators of mas- ment, tools, and materials, as needed at the
ter meters) whose primary activity does not scene of an emergency.
include the transportation of gas need not (5) Actions directed toward protecting
comply with the following: people first and then property.
80
(6) Emergency shutdown and pressure re- (4) Plan how the operator and officials can
duction in any section of the operator's pipeline engage in mutual assistance to minimize hazards
system necessary to minimize hazards to life or to life or property.
property.
(7) Making safe any actual or potential [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended
hazard to life or property. by Amdt. 192-24, 41 FR 13586, Mar. 31,
(8) Notifying appropriate fire, police, and 1976; Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6585, Feb. 11,
other public officials of gas pipeline emergen- 1994]
cies and coordinating with them both planned
responses and actual responses during an
emergency. §192.616 Public education
(9) Safely restoring any service outage.
(10) Beginning action under §192.617, if Each operator shall establish a continuing
applicable, as soon after the end of the emer- educational program to enable customers, the
gency as possible. public, appropriate government organizations,
(b) Each operator shall: and persons engaged in excavation related ac-
(1) Furnish its supervisors who are respon- tivities to recognize a gas pipeline emergency
sible for emergency action a copy of that por- for the purpose of reporting it to the operator
tion of the latest edition of the emergency pro- or the appropriate public officials. The pro-
cedures established under paragraph (a) of this gram and the media used must be as compre-
section as necessary for compliance with those hensive as necessary to reach all areas in which
procedures. the operator transports gas. The program must
(2) Train the appropriate operating per- be conducted in English and in other languages
sonnel to assure that they are knowledgeable commonly understood by a significant number
of the emergency procedures and verify that and concentration of the non-English speaking
the training is effective. population in the operator's area.
(3) Review employee activities to deter-
mine whether the procedures were effectively [Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575, Feb. 11, 1994]
followed in each emergency.
(c) Each operator shall establish and main-
tain liaison with appropriate fire, police, and §192.617 Investigation of failures.
other public officials to:
(1) Learn the responsibility and resources Each operator shall establish procedures
of each government organization that may re- for analyzing accidents and failures, including
spond to a gas pipeline emergency; the selection of samples of the failed facility or
(2) Acquaint the officials with the opera- equipment for laboratory examination, where
tor's ability in responding to a gas pipeline appropriate, for the purpose of determining the
emergency; causes of the failure and minimizing the possi-
(3) Identify the types of gas pipeline emer- bility of a recurrence.
gencies of which the operator notifies the offi-
cials; and,
§192.619 Maximum allowable operating
pressure: Steel or plastic pipelines.
81
offshore platform, the factor is 1.25. For segments
installed, uprated or converted after July 31, 1977,
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of
that are located on an offshore platform or on a plat-
this section, no person may operate a segment form in inland navigable waters, including a pipe
of steel or plastic pipeline at a pressure that riser, the factor is 1.5.
exceeds the lowest of the following:
(1) The design pressure of the weakest (3) The highest actual operating pressure to
element in the segment, determined in accor- which the segment was subjected during the 5
dance with Subparts C and D of this part. years preceding July 1, 1970 (or in the case of
However, for steel pipe in pipelines being con- offshore gathering lines, July 1, 1976), unless
verted under §192.14 or uprated under sub- the segment was tested in accordance with
part K of this part, if any variable necessary to paragraph (a)(2) of this section after July 1,
determine the design pressure under the design 1965 (or in the case of offshore gathering lines,
formula (§192.105) is unknown, one of the July 1, 1971), or the segment was uprated in
following pressures is to be used as design accordance with Subpart K of this part.
pressure: (4) The pressure determined by the opera-
(i) Eighty percent of the first test pressure tor to be the maximum safe pressure after con-
that produces yield under section N5.0 of Ap- sidering the history of the segment, particularly
pendix N of ASME B31.8, reduced by the known corrosion and the actual operating
appropriate factor in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this pressure.
section; or (b) No person may operate a segment to
(ii) If the pipe is 12¾ inches (324 mm) or which paragraph (a)(4) of this section is appli-
less in outside diameter and is not tested to cable, unless overpressure protective devices
yield under this paragraph, 200 p.s.i. (1379 are installed on the segment in a manner that
kPa) gage. will prevent the maximum allowable operating
(2) The pressure obtained by dividing the pressure from being exceeded, in accordance
pressure to which the segment was tested after with §192.195.
construction as follows: (c) Notwithstanding the other requirements
(i) For plastic pipe in all locations, the test of this section, an operator may operate a
pressure is divided by a factor of 1.5. segment of pipeline found to be in satisfactory
(ii) For steel pipe operated at 100 p.s.i. condition, considering its operating and mainte-
(689 kPa) gage or more, the test pressure is nance history, at the highest actual operating
divided by a factor determined in accordance pressure to which the segment was subjected
with the following table: during the 5 years preceding July 1, 1970, or in
the case of offshore gathering lines, July 1,
1
Factors , segment 1976, subject to the requirements of
Class Installed Installed Covered un- §192.611.
loca- before after der §192.14
tion Nov. 12, Nov. 11,
1970 1970 [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended
1 1.1 1.1 1.25 by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17559, Nov. 17,
2 1.25 1.25 1.25 1970; Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16,
3 1.4 1.5 1.5 1976; Amdt. 192-27A, 41 FR 47252, Oct.
4 1.4 1.5 1.5
1 28, 1976; Amdt. 192-30, 42 FR 60146, Nov.
For offshore segments installed, uprated or con-
verted after July 31, 1977, that are not located on an 25, 1977; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June
82
6, 1996; Amdt 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended
13, 1998] by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
1998]
§192.621 Maximum allowable ope rating

pressure: High-pressure distribution sys- §192.623 Maximum and minimum
tems. allowable operating pressure:;
Low-pressure distribution systems.
(a) No person may operate a segment of a
high pressure distribution system at a pressure (a) No person may operate a low-pressure
that exceeds the lowest of the following pres- distribution system at a pressure high enough to
sures, as applicable: make unsafe the operation of any connected
(1) The design pressure of the weakest and properly adjusted low-pressure gas burn-
element in the segment, determined in accor- ing equipment.
dance with Subparts C and D of this part. (b) No person may operate a low pressure
(2) 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, for a segment distribution system at a pressure lower than the
of a distribution system otherwise designated to minimum pressure at which the safe and con-
operate at over 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, tinuing operation of any connected and prop-
unless the service lines in the segment are erly adjusted low-pressure gas burning equip-
equipped with service regulators or other pres- ment can be assured.
sure limiting devices in series that meet the re-
quirements of §192.197(c). [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended
(3) 25 p.s.i. (172 kPa) gage in segments of by Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26,
cast iron pipe in which there are unreinforced 1996]
bell and spigot joints.
(4) The pressure limits to which a joint
could be subjected without the possibility of its §192.625 Odorization of gas.
parting.
(5) The pressure determined by the opera- (a) A combustible gas in a distribution line
tor to be the maximum safe pressure after con- must contain a natural odorant or be odorized
sidering the history of the segment, particularly so that at a concentration in air of one-fifth of
known corrosion and the actual operating the lower explosive limit, the gas is readily de-
pressures. tectable by a person with a normal sense of
(b) No person may operate a segment of smell.
pipeline to which paragraph (a)(5) of this sec- (b) After December 31, 1976, a combus-
tion applies, unless overpressure protective tible gas in a transmission line in a Class 3 or
devices are installed on the segment in a man- Class 4 location must comply with the require-
ner that will prevent the maximum allowable ments of paragraph (a) of this section unless:
operating pressure from being exceeded, in (1) At least 50 percent of the length of the
accordance with §192.195. line downstream from that location is in a Class
1 or Class 2 location;
83
(2) The line transports gas to any of the Operators of master meter systems may com-
following facilities which received gas without ply with this requirement by–
an odorant from that line before May 5, 1975: (1) Receiving written verification from their
(i) An underground storage field; gas source that the gas has the proper concen-
(ii) A gas processing plant; tration of odorant; and
(iii) A gas dehydration plant; or (2) Conducting periodic "sniff" tests at the
(iv) An industrial plant using gas in a proc- extremities of the system to confirm that the gas
ess where the presence of an odorant: contains odorant.
(A) Makes the end product unfit for the
purpose for which it is intended; [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended
(B) Reduces the activity of a catalyst; or by Amdt. 192-2, 35 FR 17335, Nov. 11,
(C) Reduces the percentage completion of 1970; Amdt. 192-6, 36 FR 25423, Dec. 31,
a chemical reaction; 1971; Amdt. 192-7, 37 FR 17970, Sept. 2,
(3) In the case of a lateral line which trans- 1972; Amdt. 192-14, 38 FR 14943, June 7,
ports gas to a distribution center, at least 50 1973; Amdt. 192-15, 38 FR 35471, Dec. 28,
percent of the length of that line is in a Class 1 1973; Amdt. 192-16, 39 FR 45253, Dec. 31,
or Class 2 location; or, 1974; Amdt. 192-21, 40 FR 20279, May 9,
(4) The combustible gas is hydrogen in- 1975; Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21,
tended for use as a feedstock in a manufactur- 1988; Amdt. 192-76, 61 FR 26121, May 24,
ing process. 1996; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
(c) In the concentrations in which it is used, 1996; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15,
the odorant in combustible gases must comply 2003]
with the following:
(1) The odorant may not be deleterious to
persons, materials, or pipe. §192.627 Tapping pipelines under pre s-
(2) The products of combustion from the sure.
odorant may not be toxic when breathed nor
may they be corrosive or harmful to those ma- Each tap made on a pipeline under pres-
terials to which the products of combustion will sure must be performed by a crew qualified to
be exposed. make hot taps.
(d) The odorant may not be soluble in wa-
ter to an extent greater than 2.5 parts to 100 [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
parts by weight.
(e) Equipment for odorization must intro-
duce the odorant without wide variations in the §192.629 Purging of pipelines.
level of odorant.
(f) To assure the proper concentration of (a) When a pipeline is being purged of air
odorant in accordance with this section, each by use of gas, the gas must be released into
operator must conduct periodic sampling of one end of the line in a moderately rapid and
combustible gases using an instrument capable continuous flow. If gas cannot be supplied in
of determining the percentage of gas in air at sufficient quantity to prevent the formation of a
which the odor becomes readily detectable. hazardous mixture of gas and air, a slug of inert
84
gas must be released into the line before the
gas.
(b) When a pipeline is being purged of gas
by use of air, the air must be released into one
end of the line in a moderately rapid and con-
tinuous flow. If air cannot be supplied in suffi-
cient quantity to prevent the formation of a
hazardous mixture of gas and air, a slug of inert
gas must be released into the line before the
air.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
85
Subpart M–Maintenance 1, 2 7½ months; but 15 months; but
at least twice at least once
each calendar each calendar
year. year.
§192.701 Scope. 3 4½ months; but 7½ months; but
at least four at least twice
This subpart prescribes minimum require- times each cal- each calendar
endar year. year.
ments for maintenance of pipeline facilities. 4 4½ months; but 4½ months; but
at least four at least four
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] times each cal- times each cal-
endar year. endar year.
(c) Methods of patrolling include walking,
§192.703 General. driving, flying or other appropriate means of
traversing the right-of-way.
(a) No person may operate a segment of
pipeline, unless it is maintained in accordance [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
with this subpart. by Amdt. 192-21, 40 FR 20283, May 9,
(b) Each segment of pipeline that becomes 1975; Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21,
unsafe must be replaced, repaired, or removed 1982; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
from service. 1996]
(c) Hazardous leaks must be repaired
promptly.
§192.706 Transmission lines: Leakage
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] surveys.
Leakage surveys of a transmission line

§192.705 Transmission lines: Patrolling. must be conducted at intervals not exceeding
15 months, but at least once each calendar
(a) Each operator shall have a patrol pro- year. However, in the case of a transmission
gram to observe surface conditions on and ad- line which transports gas in conformity with
jacent to the transmission line right-of-way for §192.625 without an odor or odorant, leakage
indications of leaks, construction activity, and surveys using leak detector equipment must be
other factors affecting safety and operation. conducted–
(b) The frequency of patrols is determined (a) In Class 3 locations, at intervals not
by the size of the line, the operating pressures, exceeding 7½ months, but at least twice each
the class location, terrain, weather, and other calendar year; and
relevant factors, but intervals between patrols (b) In Class 4 locations, at intervals not
may not be longer than prescribed in the fol- exceeding 4½ months, but at least four times
lowing table: each calendar year.
Class Maximum interval between patrols [Amdt. 192-21, 40 FR 20283, May 9, 1975,
location At highway and At all other as amended by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850,
of line railroad cross- places Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575,
ings
Feb. 11, 1994]
86
§192.707 Line markers for mains and (2) The name of the operator and tele-
transmission lines. phone number (including area code) where the
operator can be reached at all times.
(a) Buried pipelines. Except as provided in
paragraph (b) of this section, a line marker [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
must be placed and maintained as close as by Amdt. 192-20A, 41 FR 56808, Dec. 30,
practical over each buried main and transmis- 1976; Amdt. 192-20, 40 FR 13505, Mar. 27,
sion line: 1975; Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 39752, Sept. 16,
(1) At each crossing of a public road and 1976; Amdt. 192-40, 47 FR 13818, Apr. 1,
railroad; and 1982; Amdt. 192-44, 48 FR 25206, June 6,
(2) Wherever necessary to identify the lo- 1983; Amdt. 192-73, 60 FR 14646, Mar. 20,
cation of the transmission line or main to re- 1995; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
duce the possibility of damage or interference. 1998]
(b) Exceptions for buried pipelines. Line
markers are not required for the following
pipelines: §192.709 Transmission lines: Record-
(1) Mains and transmission lines located keeping.
offshore, or at crossings of or under waterways
and other bodies of water. Each operator shall maintain the following
(2) Mains in Class 3 or Class 4 locations records for transmission lines for the periods
where a damage prevention program is in ef- specified:
fect under §192.614. (a) The date, location, and description of
(3) Transmission lines in Class 3 or 4 loca- each repair made to pipe (including pipe-to-
tions until March 20, 1996. pipe connections) must be retained for as long
(4) Transmission lines in Class 3 or 4 loca- as the pipe remains in service.
tions where placement of a line marker is im- (b) The date, location, and description of
practical. each repair made to parts of the pipeline sys-
(c) Pipelines above ground. Line markers tem other than pipe must be retained for at
must be placed and maintained along each sec- least 5 years. However, repairs generated by
tion of a main and transmission line that is lo- patrols, surveys, inspections, or tests required
cated above ground in an area accessible to by subparts L and M of this part must be re-
the public. tained in accordance with paragraph (c) of this
(d) Marker warning. The following must section.
be written legibly on a background of sharply (c) A record of each patrol, survey, in-
contrasting color on each line marker: spection, and test required by subparts L and
(1) The word "Warning," "Caution," or M of this part must be retained for at least 5
"Danger" followed by the words "Gas (or name years or until the next patrol, survey, inspec-
of gas transported) Pipeline" all of which, ex- tion, or test is completed, whichever is longer.
cept for markers in heavily developed urban
areas, must be in letters at least 1 inch (25 mil- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended
limeters) high with ¼ inch (6.4 millimeters) by Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
stroke. 1996]
87
§192.711 Transmission lines: General §192.715 Transmission lines: Pe rmanent
requirements for repair procedures. field repair of welds.
(a) Each operator shall take immediate Each weld that is unacceptable under
temporary measures to protect the public §192.241(c) must be repaired as follows:
whenever: (a) If it is feasible to take the segment of
(1) A leak, imperfection, or damage that transmission line out of service, the weld must
impairs its serviceability is found in a segment be repaired in accordance with the applicable
of steel transmission line operating at or above requirements of §192.245.
40 percent of the SMYS; and (b) A weld may be repaired in accordance
(2) It is not feasible to make a permanent with §192.245 while the segment of transmis-
repair at the time of discovery. sion line is in service if:
As soon as feasible the operator shall (1) The weld is not leaking:
make permanent repairs. (2) The pressure in the segment is reduced
(b) Except as provided in §192.717(b)(3), so that it does not produce a stress that is more
no operator may use a welded patch as a than 20 percent of the SMYS of the pipe; and
means of repair. (3) Grinding of the defective area can be
limited so that at least 1/8-inch (3.2 millimeters)
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended thickness in the pipe weld remains.
by Amdt. 192-27B, 45 FR 3272, Jan. 17, (c) A defective weld which cannot be re-
1980; Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR 69660, Dec. 14, paired in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b)
1999] of this section must be repaired by installing a
full encirclement welded split sleeve of appro-
priate design.
§192.713 Transmission lines: Pe rmanent
field repair of imperfections and damages. [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended
by Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
(a) Each imperfection or damage that impairs 1998]
the serviceability of pipe in a steel transmission
line operating at or above 40 percent of
SMYS must be-- §192.717 Transmission lines: Pe rmanent
(1) Removed by cutting out and replacing a field repair of leaks.
cylindrical piece of pipe; or
(2) Repaired by a method that reliable en- Each permanent field repair of a leak on a
gineering tests and analyses show can perma- transmission line must be made by--
nently restore the serviceability of the pipe. (a) Removing the leak by cutting out and
(b) Operating pressure must be at a safe replacing a cylindrical piece of pipe; or
level during repair operations. (b) Repairing the leak by one of the follow-
ing methods:
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended (1) Install a full encirclement welded split
by Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, sleeve of appropriate design, unless the trans-
1976; Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR 69660, Dec. 14, mission line is joined by mechanical couplings
1999] and operates at less than 40 percent of SMYS.
88
(2) If the leak is due to a corrosion pit, in- §192.721 Distribution systems: Patrol-
stall a properly designed bolt-on-leak clamp. ling.
(3) If the leak is due to a corrosion pit and
on pipe of not more than 40,000 psi (267 (a) The frequency of patrolling mains must
Mpa) SMYS, fillet weld over the pitted area a be determined by the severity of the conditions
steel plate patch with rounded corners, of the which could cause failure or leakage, and the
same or greater thickness than the pipe, and consequent hazards to public safety.
not more than one-half of the diameter of the (b) Mains in places or on structures where
pipe in size. anticipated physical movement or external
(4) If the leak is on a submerged offshore loading could cause failure or leakage must be
pipeline or submerged pipeline in inland navi- patrolled–
gable waters, mechanically apply a full encir- (1) In business districts, at intervals not
clement split sleeve of appropriate design. exceeding 4½ months, but at least four times
(5) Apply a method that reliable engineer- each calendar year; and
ing tests and analyses show can permanently (2) Outside business districts, at intervals
restore the serviceability of the pipe. not exceeding 7½ months, but at least twice
each calendar year.
by Amdt. 192-11, 37 FR 21816, Oct. 14, [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
1972; Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21,
1976; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1982; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6,
1998; Amdt. 192-88, 64 FR 69660, Dec. 14, 1996]
1999]
§192.723 Distribution systems: Leakage

§192.719 Transmission lines: surveys.
Testing of repairs.
(a) Each operator of a distribution system
(a) Testing of replacement pipe. If a seg- shall conduct periodic leakage surveys in ac-
ment of transmission line is repaired by cutting cordance with this section.
out the damaged portion of the pipe as a cylin- (b) The type and scope of the leakage
der, the replacement pipe must be tested to the control program must be determined by the
pressure required for a new line installed in the nature of the operations and the local condi-
same location. This test may be made on the tions, but it must meet the following minimum
pipe before it is installed. requirements:
(b) Testing of repairs made by welding. (1) A leakage survey with leak detector
Each repair made by welding in accordance equipment must be conducted in business dis-
with §§ 192.713, 192.715, and 192.717 must tricts, including tests of the atmosphere in gas,
be examined in accordance with §192.241. electric, telephone, sewer, and water system
manholes, at cracks in pavement and side-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended walks, and at other locations providing an op-
by Amdt. 192-54, 51 FR 41634, Nov. 18, portunity for finding gas leaks, at intervals not
1986]
89
exceeding 15 months, but at least once each §192.727 Abandonment or deactivation of
calendar year. facilities.
(2) A leakage survey with leak detector
equipment must be conducted outside business (a) Each operator shall conduct abandon-
districts as frequently as necessary, but at least ment or deactivation of pipelines in accordance
once every 5 calendar years at intervals not with the requirements of this section.
exceeding 63 months. However, for cathodi- (b) Each pipeline abandoned in place must
cally unprotected distribution lines subject to be disconnected from all sources and supplies
§192.465(e) on which electrical surveys for of gas; purged of gas; in the case of offshore
corrosion are impractical, survey intervals may pipelines, filled with water or inert materials;
not exceed 3 years. and sealed at the ends. However, the pipeline
need not be purged when the volume of gas is
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended so small that there is no potential hazard.
by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21, (c) Except for service lines, each inactive
1982; Amdt. 192-70, 58 FR 54524, Oct. 22, pipeline that is not being maintained under this
1993; Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575, Feb. 11, part must be disconnected from all sources and
1994; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, supplies of gas; purged of gas; in the case of
2004] offshore pipelines, filled with water or inert ma-
terials; and sealed at the ends. However, the
pipeline need not be purged when the volume
§192.725 Test requirements for reinstat- of gas is so small that there is no potential haz-
ing service lines. ard.
(d) Whenever service to a customer is dis-
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of continued, one of the following must be com-
this section, each disconnected service line plied with:
must be tested in the same manner as a new (1) The valve that is closed to prevent the
service line, before being reinstated. flow of gas to the customer must be provided
(b) Each service line temporarily discon- with a locking device or other means designed
nected from the main must be tested from the to prevent the opening of the valve by persons
point of disconnection to the service line valve other than those authorized by the operator.
in the same manner as a new service line, be- (2) A mechanical device or fitting that will
fore reconnecting. However, if provisions are prevent the flow of gas must be installed in the
made to maintain continuous service, such as service line or in the meter assembly.
by installation of a bypass, any part of the (3) The customer's piping must be physi-
original service line used to maintain continuous cally disconnected from the gas supply and the
service need not be tested. open pipe ends sealed.
(e) If air is used for purging, the operator
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] shall insure that a combustible mixture is not
present after purging.
(f) Each abandoned vault must be filled
with a suitable compacted material.
(g) For each abandoned offshore pipeline
facility or each abandoned onshore pipeline
90
facility that crosses over, under or through a (2) Data on pipeline facilities abandoned
commercially navigable waterway, the last op- before October 10, 2000 must be filed by be-
erator of that facility must file a report upon fore April 10, 2001. Operators may submit
abandonment of that facility. reports by mail, fax or e-mail to the Informa-
(1) The preferred method to submit data tion Officer, Research and Special Programs
on pipeline facilities abandoned after October Administration, Department of Transportation,
10, 2000 is to the National Pipeline Mapping Room 7128, 400 Seventh Street, SW, Wash-
System (NPMS) in accordance with the ington DC 20590; fax (202) 366-4566; e-
NPMS “Standards for Pipeline and Liquefied mail, roger.little@rspa.dot.gov. The informa-
Natural Gas Operator Submissions.” To ob- tion in the report must contain all reasonably
tain a copy of the NPMS Standards, please available information related to the facility, in-
refer to the NPMS homepage at cluding information in the possession of a third
www.npms.rspa.dot.gov or contact the NPMS party. The report must contain the location,
National Repository at 703-317-3073. A digi- size, date, method of abandonment, and a cer-
tal data format is preferred, but hard copy tification that the facility has been abandoned in
submissions are acceptable if they comply with accordance with all applicable laws.
the NPMS Standards. In addition to the
NPMS-required attributes, operators must [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
submit the date of abandonment, diameter, by Amdt. 192-8, 37 FR 20694, Oct. 3, 1972,
method of abandonment, and certification that, Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976;
to the best of the operator's knowledge, all of Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575, Feb. 11, 1994;
the reasonably available information requested Amdt. 192-89, 65 FR 54440, Sept. 8, 2000;
was provided and, to the best of the operator's Amdt. 192-89A, 65 FR 57861, Sept. 26,
knowledge, the abandonment was completed 2000]
in accordance with applicable laws. Refer to
the NPMS Standards for details in preparing
your data for submission. The NPMS Stan- §192.729 [Removed]
dards also include details of how to submit
data. Alternatively, operators may submit re- [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
ports by mail, fax or e-mail to the Information by Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575, Feb. 11,
Officer, Research and Special Programs Ad- 1994]
ministration, Department of Transportation,
Room 7128, 400 Seventh Street, SW, Wash-
ington DC 20590; fax (202) 366-4566; e- §192.731 Compressor stations: Inspec-
mail, roger.little@rspa.dot.gov. The information and testing of relief devices.
tion in the report must contain all reasonably
available information related to the facility, in- (a) Except for rupture discs, each pressure
cluding information in the possession of a third relieving device in a compressor station must
party. The report must contain the location, be inspected and tested in accordance with
size, date, method of abandonment, and a cer- §§ 192.739 and 192.743, and must be oper-
tification that the facility has been abandoned in ated periodically to determine that it opens at
accordance with all applicable laws. the correct set pressure.
91
(b) Any defective or inadequate equipment (1) Constructed so that at least 50 percent
found must be promptly repaired or replaced. of its upright side area is permanently open; or
(c) Each remote control shutdown device (2) Located in an unattended field com-
must be inspected and tested at intervals not pressor station of 1,000 horsepower (746
exceeding 15 months, but at least once each kilowatts) or less.
calendar year, to determine that it functions (b) Except when shutdown of the system is
properly. necessary for maintenance under paragraph (c)
of this section, each gas detection and alarm
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended system required by this section must–
by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21, (1) Continuously monitor the compressor
1982] building for a concentration of gas in air of not
more than 25 percent of the lower explosive
limit; and
§192.733 [Removed] (2) If that concentration of gas is detected,
warn persons about to enter the building and
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended persons inside the building of the danger.
by Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575, Feb. 11, (c) Each gas detection and alarm system
1994] required by this section must be maintained to
function properly. The maintenance must in-
clude performance tests.
§192.735 Compressor stations:
Storage of combustible materials. [Amdt. 192-69, 58 FR 48460, Sept. 16, 1993
(a) Flammable or combustible materials in July 13, 1998]
quantities beyond those required for everyday
use, or other than those normally used in com-
pressor buildings, must be stored a safe dis- §192.737 [Removed]
tance from the compressor building.
(b) Above ground oil or gasoline storage [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
tanks must be protected in accordance with by Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6575, Feb. 11,
National Fire Protection Association Standard 1994]
No. 30.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] §192.739 Pressure limiting and regulating
stations: Inspection and testing.
§192.736 Compressor stations: Gas de- (a) Each pressure limiting station, relief de-
tection. vice (except rupture discs), and pressure regu-
lating station and its equipment must be sub-
(a) Not later than September 16, 1996, jected at intervals not exceeding 15 months,
each compressor building in a compressor sta- but at least once each calendar year, to inspec-
tion must have a fixed gas detection and alarm tions and tests to determine that it is–
system, unless the building is– (1) In good mechanical condition;
92
(2) Adequate from the standpoint of ca- trict, taking into consideration the number of
pacity and reliability of operation for the ser- customers supplied, the operating pressures,
vice in which it is employed; the capacity of the installation, and other oper-
(3) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of ating conditions.
this section, set to control or relieve at the cor- (c) If there are indications of abnormally
rect pressure consistent with the pressure limits high- or low-pressure, the regulator and the
of §192.201(a); and auxiliary equipment must be inspected and the
(4) Properly installed and protected from necessary measures employed to correct any
dirt, liquids, or other conditions that might pre- unsatisfactory operating conditions.
vent proper operation.
(b) For steel pipelines whose MAOP is [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]
determined under §192.619(c), if the MAOP
is 60 psi (414 kPa) gage or more, the control
or relief pressure limit is as follows: §192.743 Pressure limiting and regulating
stations: Capacity of relief devices.
If the MAOP produces Then the pressure limit is:
a hoop stress that is:
Greater than 72 percent MAOP plus 4 percent.
(a) Pressure relief devices at pressure limit-
of SMYS ing stations and pressure regulating stations
Unknown as a percent- A pressure that will pre- must have sufficient capacity to protect the fa-
age of SMYS vent unsafe operation of cilities to which they are connected. Except as
the pipeline considering
provided in §192.739(b), the capacity must be
its operating and mainte-
nance history and MAOP. consistent with the pressure limits of
§192.201(a). This capacity must be deter-
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended mined at intervals not exceeding 15 months,
by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21, but at least once each calendar year, by testing
1982; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15, the devices in place or by review and calcula-
2003; Amdt. 192-96, 69 FR 27861, May 17, tions.
2004] (b) If review and calculations are used to
determine if a device has sufficient capacity, the
calculated capacity must be compared with the
§192.741 Pressure limiting and regulating rated or experimentally determined relieving
stations: Telemetering or recording capacity of the device for the conditions under
gauges. which it operates. After the initial calculations,
subsequent calculations need not be made if
(a) Each distribution system supplied by the annual review documents that parameters
more than one district pressure regulating sta- have not changed to cause the rated or ex-
tion must be equipped with telemetering or re- perimentally determined relieving capacity to
cording pressure gauges to indicate the gas be insufficient.
pressure in the district. (c) If a relief device is of insufficient capac-
(b) On distribution systems supplied by a ity, a new or additional device must be installed
single district pressure regulating station, the to provide the capacity required by paragraph
operator shall determine the necessity of install- (a) of this section.
ing telemetering or recording gauges in the dis-
93
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended 1982; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15,
by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21, 2003]
1982; and Amdt. 192-55, 51 FR 41633. Nov. §192.749 Vault maintenance.
18, 1986; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept.
15, 2003; Amdt. 192-96, 69 FR 27861, May (a) Each vault housing pressure regulating
17, 2004] and pressure limiting equipment, and having a
volumetric internal content of 200 cubic feet
(5.66 cubic meters) or more, must be in-
§192.745 Valve maintenance: Transmis- spected at intervals not exceeding 15 months,
sion lines. but at least once each calendar year, to deter-
mine that it is in good physical condition and
(a) Each transmission line valve that might adequately ventilated.
be required during any emergency must be in- (b) If gas is found in the vault, the equip-
spected and partially operated at intervals not ment in the vault must be inspected for leaks,
exceeding 15 months, but at least once each and any leaks found must be repaired.
calendar year. (c) The ventilating equipment must also be
(b) Each operator must take prompt reme- inspected to determine that it is functioning
dial action to correct any valve found inoper- properly.
able, unless the operator designates an alterna- (d) Each vault cover must be inspected to
tive valve. assure that it does not present a hazard to pub-
lic safety.
by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21, [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended
1982; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15, by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21,
2003] 1982; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
1998]
§192.747 Valve maintenance: Distribu-

tion systems. §192.751 Prevention of accidental igni-
tion.
(a) Each valve, the use of which may be
necessary for the safe operation of a distribu- Each operator shall take steps to minimize
tion system, must be checked and serviced at the danger of accidental ignition of gas in any
intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least structure or area where the presence of gas
once each calendar year. constitutes a hazard of fire or explosion, includ-
(b) Each operator must take prompt reme- ing the following:
dial action to correct any valve found inoper- (a) When a hazardous amount of gas is
able, unless the operator designates an alterna- being vented into open air, each potential
tive valve. source of ignition must be removed from the
area and a fire extinguisher must be provided.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended (b) Gas or electric welding or cutting may
by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21, not be performed on pipe or on pipe compo-
94
nents that contain a combustible mixture of gas pipeline must be protected, as necessary,
and air in the area of work. against damage during the disturbance by:
(c) Post warning signs, where appropriate. (1) Vibrations from heavy construction
equipment, trains, trucks, buses, or blasting;
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970] (2) Impact forces by vehicles;
(3) Earth movement;
(4) Apparent future excavations near the
§192.753 Caulked bell and spigot joints. pipeline; or
(5) Other foreseeable outside forces which
(a) Each cast iron caulked bell and spigot may subject that segment of the pipeline to
joint that is subject to pressures of more than bending stress.
25 psi (172kPa) gage must be sealed with: (b) As soon as feasible, appropriate steps
(1) A mechanical leak clamp; or must be taken to provide permanent protection
(2) A material or device which: for the disturbed segment from damage that
(i) Does not reduce the flexibility of the might result from external loads, including
joint; compliance with applicable requirements of
(ii) Permanently bonds, either chemically or §§ 192.317(a), 192.319, and 192.361 (b)–
mechanically, or both, with the bell and spigot (d).
metal surfaces or adjacent pipe metal surfaces;
and, [Amdt. 192-23, 41 FR 13589, Mar. 31,
(iii) Seals and bonds in a manner that meets 1976]
the strength, environmental, and chemical com-
patibility requirements of §§ 192.53(a) and (b)
and 192.143. §192.761 [Removed]
(b) Each cast iron caulked bell and spigot
joint that is subject to pressures of 25 psi [Amdt. 192-90, 67 FR 50824, Aug. 6, 2002
(172kPa) gage or less and is exposed for any as amended by Amdt. 192-94, 16 FR 69778,
reason must be sealed by a means other than Dec. 15, 2003]
caulking.

by Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21,
1982; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15,
2003]
§192.755 Protecting cast-iron pipelines.
When an operator has knowledge that the

support for a segment of a buried cast-iron
pipeline is disturbed:
(a) That segment of the
95
Subpart N–Qualification of Pipeline (2) On the job training, or
Personnel (3) Simulations;
(e) Other forms of assessment.
§192.801 Scope.
Qualified means that an individual has
(a) This subpart prescribes the minimum been evaluated and can:
requirements for operator qualification of indi- (a) Perform assigned covered tasks; and
viduals performing covered tasks on a pipeline (b) Recognize and react to abnormal oper-
facility. ating conditions.
(b) For the purpose of this subpart, a cov-
ered task is an activity, identified by the opera- [Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46853, Aug. 27, 1999
tor, that: as amended by Amdt. 192-86A, 66 FR
(1) Is performed on a pipeline facility; 43523, Aug. 20, 2001]
(2) Is an operations or maintenance task;
(3) Is performed as a requirement of this
part; and §192.805 Qualification program.
(4) Affects the operation or integrity of the
pipeline. Each operator shall have and follow a writ-
ten qualification program. The program shall
[Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46853, Aug. 27, include provisions to:
1999] (a) Identify covered tasks;
(b) Ensure through evaluation that individu-
als performing covered tasks are qualified;
§192.803 Definitions. (c) Allow individuals that are not qualified
pursuant to this subpart to perform a covered
Abnormal operating condition means a task if directed and observed by an individual
condition identified by the operator that may that is qualified;
indicate a malfunction of a component or de- (d) Evaluate an individual if the operator
viation from normal operations that may: has reason to believe that the individual's per-
(a) Indicate a condition exceeding design formance of a covered task contributed to an
limits; or incident as defined in Part 191;
(b) Result in a hazard(s) to persons, prop- (e) Evaluate an individual if the operator
erty, or the environment. has reason to believe that the individual is no
longer qualified to perform a covered task;
Evaluation means a process, established (f) Communicate changes that affect cov-
and documented by the operator, to determine ered tasks to individuals performing those cov-
an individual's ability to perform a covered task ered tasks; and
by any of the following: (g) Identify those covered tasks and the
(a) Written examination; intervals at which evaluation of the individual's
(b) Oral examination; qualifications is needed.
(c) Work performance history review;
(d) Observation during: [Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46853, Aug. 27,
(1) Performance on the job, 1999]
96
§192.807 Recordkeeping.
Each operator shall maintain records that

demonstrate compliance with this subpart.
(a) Qualification records shall include:
(1) Identification of qualified individual(s);
(2) Identification of the covered tasks the
individual is qualified to perform;
(3) Date(s) of current qualification; and
(4) Qualification method(s).
(b) Records supporting an individual's cur-
rent qualification shall be maintained while the
individual is performing the covered task. Re-
cords of prior qualification and records of indi-
viduals no longer performing covered tasks
shall be retained for a period of five years.
[Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46853, Aug. 27,

1999]
§192.809 General.
(a) Operators must have a written qualifi-

cation program by April 27, 2001.
(b) Operators must complete the qualifica-
tion of individuals performing covered tasks by
October 28, 2002.
(c) Work performance history review may
be used as a sole evaluation method for indi-
viduals who were performing a covered task
prior to October 26, 1999.
(d) After October 28, 2002, work per-
formance history may not be used as a sole
evaluation method.
[Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46853, Aug. 27, 1999

as amended by Amdt. 192-86A, 66 FR
43523, Aug. 20, 2001]
97
Subpart O—Pipeline Integrity Manage- certain threats (i.e., external corrosion, internal
ment corrosion and stress corrosion cracking) to a
covered pipeline segment's integrity. The proc-
§192.901 What do the regulations in this ess includes the gathering and integration of
subpart cover? risk factor data, indirect examination or analy-
sis to identify areas of suspected corrosion,
This subpart prescribes minimum require- direct examination of the pipeline in these ar-
ments for an integrity management program on eas, and post assessment evaluation.
any gas transmission pipeline covered under
this part. For gas transmission pipelines con- High consequence area means an area
structed of plastic, only the requirements in established by one of the methods described in
§§ 192.917, 192.921, 192.935 and 192.937 paragraphs (1) or (2) as follows:
apply. (1) An area defined as—
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, (i) A Class 3 location under §192.5; or
2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR (ii) A Class 4 location under §192.5; or
2307, December 22, 2003] (iii) Any area in a Class 1 or Class 2 loca-
tion where the potential impact radius is greater
than 660 feet (200 meters), and the area within
§192.903 What de finitions apply to this a potential impact circle contains 20 or more
subpart? buildings intended for human occupancy; or
(iv) Any area in a Class 1 or Class 2 loca-
The following definitions apply to this sub- tion where the potential impact circle contains
part: an identified site.
(2) The area within a potential impact circle
Assessment is the use of testing techniques containing—
as allowed in this subpart to ascertain the con- (i) 20 or more buildings intended for human
dition of a covered pipeline segment. occupancy, unless the exception in paragraph
(4) applies; or
Confirmatory direct assessment is an (ii) An identified site.
integrity assessment method using more fo- (3) Where a potential impact circle is cal-
cused application of the principles and tech- culated under either method (1) or (2) to es-
niques of direct assessment to identify internal tablish a high consequence area, the length of
and external corrosion in a covered transmis- the high consequence area extends axially
sion pipeline segment. along the length of the pipeline from the outer-
most edge of the first potential impact circle
Covered segment or covered pipeline that contains either an identified site or 20 or
segment means a segment of gas transmission more buildings intended for human occupancy
pipeline located in a high consequence area. to the outermost edge of the last contiguous
The terms gas and transmission line are defined potential impact circle that contains either an
in §192.3. identified site or 20 or more buildings intended
for human occupancy. (See Figure E.I.A. in
Direct assessment is an integrity assess- appendix E.)
ment method that utilizes a process to evaluate
98
(4) If in identifying a high consequence area care facilities, retirement facilities or assisted-
under paragraph (1)(iii) of this definition or living facilities.
paragraph (2)(i) of this definition, the radius of Potential impact circle is a circle of ra-
the potential impact circle is greater than 660 dius equal to the potential impact radius (PIR).
feet (200 meters), the operator may identify a
high consequence area based on a prorated Potential impact radius (PIR) means
number of buildings intended for human occu- the radius of a circle within which the potential
pancy within a distance 660 feet (200 meters) failure of a pipeline could have significant im-
from the centerline of the pipeline until Decem- pact on people or property. PIR is determined
ber 17, 2006. If an operator chooses this ap- by the formula r = 0.69* (square root of
proach, the operator must prorate the number (p*d2)), where `r' is the radius of a circular
of buildings intended for human occupancy area in feet surrounding the point of failure, `p'
based on the ratio of an area with a radius of is the maximum allowable operating pressure
660 feet (200 meters) to the area of the poten- (MAOP) in the pipeline segment in pounds per
tial impact circle (i.e., the prorated number of square inch and `d' is the nominal diameter of
buildings intended for human occupancy is the pipeline in inches.
equal to [20 x (660 feet [or 200 meters ]/ po-
tential impact radius in feet [or meters])2]). Note: 0.69 is the factor for natural gas.
Identified site means each of the following This number will vary for other gases depend-
areas: ing upon their heat of combustion. An operator
(a) An outside area or open structure that transporting gas other than natural gas must use
is occupied by twenty (20) or more persons on section 3.2 of ASME/ANSI B31.8S-2001
at least 50 days in any twelve (12)-month pe- (Supplement to ASME B31.8; ibr, see
riod. (The days need not be consecutive.) Ex- §192.7) to calculate the impact radius formula.
amples include but are not limited to, beaches,
playgrounds, recreational facilities, camping Remediation is a repair or mitigation ac-
grounds, outdoor theaters, stadiums, recrea- tivity an operator takes on a covered segment
tional areas near a body of water, or areas out- to limit or reduce the probability of an unde-
side a rural building such as a religious facility); sired event occurring or the expected conse-
or quences from the event.
(b) A building that is occupied by twenty
(20) or more persons on at least five (5) days a [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15,
week for ten (10) weeks in any twelve (12)- 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR
month period. (The days and weeks need not 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B,
be consecutive.) Examples include, but are not 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-95C,
limited to, religious facilities, office buildings, 69 FR 29903, May 26, 2004]
community centers, general stores, 4-H facili-
ties, or roller skating rinks); or
(c) A facility occupied by persons who are §192.905 How does an operator ide ntify a
confined, are of impaired mobility, or would be high consequence area?
difficult to evacuate. Examples include but are
not limited to hospitals, prisons, schools, day- (a) General. To determine which segments
of an operator's transmission pipeline system
99
are covered by this subpart, an operator must high consequence area could satisfy any of the
identify the high consequence areas. An opera- definitions in §192.903, the operator must
tor must use method (1) or (2) from the defini- complete the evaluation using method (1) or
tion in §192.903 to identify a high consequence (2). If the segment is determined to meet the
area. An operator may apply one method to its definition as a high consequence area, it must
entire pipeline system, or an operator may ap- be incorporated into the operator's baseline
ply one method to individual portions of the assessment plan as a high consequence area
pipeline system. An operator must describe in within one year from the date the area is identi-
its integrity management program which fied.
method it is applying to each portion of the op-
erator's pipeline system. The description must [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15,
include the potential impact radius when utilized 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR
to establish a high consequence area. (See ap- 2307, December 22, 2003]
pendix E.I. for guidance on identifying high
consequence areas.)
(b)(1) Identified sites. An operator must §192.907 What must an operator do to
identify an identified site, for purposes of this implement this subpart?
subpart, from information the operator has ob-
tained from routine operation and maintenance (a) General. No later than December 17,
activities and from public officials with safety or 2004, an operator of a covered pipeline seg-
emergency response or planning responsibilities ment must develop and follow a written integ-
who indicate to the operator that they know of rity management program that contains all the
locations that meet the identified site criteria. elements described in §192.911 and that ad-
These public officials could include officials on dresses the risks on each covered transmission
a local emergency planning commission or pipeline segment. The initial integrity manage-
relevant Native American tribal officials. ment program must consist, at a minimum, of a
(2) If a public official with safety or emer- framework that describes the process for im-
gency response or planning responsibilities in- plementing each program element, how rele-
forms an operator that it does not have the in- vant decisions will be made and by whom, a
formation to identify an identified site, the op- time line for completing the work to implement
erator must use one of the following sources, the program element, and how information
as appropriate, to identify these sites. gained from experience will be continuously
(i) Visible marking (e.g., a sign); or incorporated into the program. The framework
(ii) The site is licensed or registered by a will evolve into a more detailed and compre-
Federal, State, or local government agency; or hensive program. An operator must make con-
(iii) The site is on a list (including a list on tinual improvements to the program.
an internet web site) or map maintained by or (b) Implementation Standards. In carry-
available from a Federal, State, or local gov- ing out this subpart, an operator must follow
ernment agency and available to the general the requirements of this subpart and of
public. ASME/ANSI B31.8S (ibr, see §192.7) and its
(c) Newly identified areas. When an op- appendices, where specified. An operator may
erator has information that the area around a follow an equivalent standard or practice only
pipeline segment not previously identified as a when the operator demonstrates the alternative
100
standard or practice provides an equivalent §192.907) and evolves into a more detailed
level of safety to the public and property. In the and comprehensive integrity management pro-
event of a conflict between this subpart and gram, as information is gained and incorpo-
ASME/ANSI B31.8S, the requirements in this rated into the program. An operator must
subpart control. make continual improvements to its program.
The initial program framework and subsequent
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, program must, at minimum, contain the follow-
2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR ing elements. (When indicated, refer to
2307, December 22, 2003] ASME/ANSI B31.8S (ibr, see §192.7) for
more detailed information on the listed ele-
ment.)
§192.909 How can an operator change its (a) An identification of all high conse-
integrity management program? quence areas, in accordance with §192.905.
(b) A baseline assessment plan meeting the
(a) General. An operator must document requirements of §192.919 and §192.921.
any change to its program and the reasons for (c) An identification of threats to each cov-
the change before implementing the change. ered pipeline segment, which must include data
(b) Notification. An operator must notify integration and a risk assessment. An operator
OPS, in accordance with §192.949, of any must use the threat identification and risk as-
change to the program that may substantially sessment to prioritize covered segments for
affect the program's implementation or may assessment (§192.917) and to evaluate the
significantly modify the program or schedule for merits of additional preventive and mitigative
carrying out the program elements. An opera- measures (§192.935) for each covered seg-
tor must also notify a State or local pipeline ment.
safety authority when either a covered segment (d) A direct assessment plan, if applicable,
is located in a State where OPS has an inter- meeting the requirements of §192.923, and
state agent agreement, or an intrastate covered depending on the threat assessed, of
segment is regulated by that State. An operator §§ 192.925, 192.927, or 192.929.
must provide the notification within 30 days (e) Provisions meeting the requirements of
after adopting this type of change into its pro- §192.933 for remediating conditions found
gram. during an integrity assessment.
(f) A process for continual evaluation and
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, assessment meeting the requirements of
2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR §192.937.
2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B, (g) If applicable, a plan for confirmatory
69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004] direct assessment meeting the requirements of
§192.931.
(h) Provisions meeting the requirements of
§192.911 What are the elements of an in- §192.935 for adding preventive and mitigative
tegrity management program? measures to protect the high consequence
area.
An operator's initial integrity management (i) A performance plan as outlined in
program begins with a framework (see ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 9 that includes
101
performance measures meeting the require- §192.913 When may an operator deviate
ments of §192.945. its program from certain requirements of
(j) Record keeping provisions meeting the this subpart?
requirements of §192.947.
(k) A management of change process as (a) General. ASME/ANSI B31.8S (ibr,
outlined in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 11. see §192.7) provides the essential features of a
(l) A quality assurance process as outlined performance-based or a prescriptive integrity
in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 12. management program. An operator that uses a
(m) A communication plan that includes the performance-based approach that satisfies the
elements of ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 10, requirements for exceptional performance in
and that includes procedures for addressing paragraph (b) of this section may deviate from
safety concerns raised by— certain requirements in this subpart, as pro-
(1) OPS; and vided in paragraph (c) of this section.
(2) A State or local pipeline safety author- (b) Exceptional performance. An opera-
ity when a covered segment is located in a tor must be able to demonstrate the excep-
State where OPS has an interstate agent tional performance of its integrity management
agreement. program through the following actions.
(n) Procedures for providing (when re- (1) To deviate from any of the require-
quested), by electronic or other means, a copy ments set forth in paragraph (c) of this section,
of the operator's risk analysis or integrity man- an operator must have a performance-based
agement program to— integrity management program that meets or
(1) OPS; and exceed the performance-based requirements of
(2) A State or local pipeline safety author- ASME/ANSI B31.8S and includes, at a mini-
ity when a covered segment is located in a mum, the following elements—
State where OPS has an interstate agent (i) A comprehensive process for risk
agreement. analysis;
(o) Procedures for ensuring that each in- (ii) All risk factor data used to support the
tegrity assessment is being conducted in a program;
manner that minimizes environmental and safety (iii) A comprehensive data integration
risks. process;
(p) A process for identification and as- (iv) A procedure for applying lessons
sessment of newly-identified high consequence learned from assessment of covered pipeline
areas. (See §192.905 and §192.921.) segments to pipeline segments not covered by
this subpart;
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, (v) A procedure for evaluating every inci-
2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR dent, including its cause, within the operator's
2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B, sector of the pipeline industry for implications
69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004] both to the operator's pipeline system and to
the operator's integrity management program;
(vi) A performance matrix that demon-
strates the program has been effective in ensur-
ing the integrity of the covered segments by
102
controlling the identified threats to the covered the time frame will not jeopardize the safety of
segments; the covered segment.
(vii) Semi-annual performance measures
beyond those required in §192.945 that are [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15,
part of the operator's performance plan. (See 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR
§192.911(i).) An operator must submit these 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B,
measures, by electronic or other means, on a 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004]
semi-annual frequency to OPS in accordance
with §192.951; and
(viii) An analysis that supports the desired §192.915 What knowledge and training
integrity reassessment interval and the remedia- must personnel have to carry out an integ-
tion methods to be used for all covered seg- rity management program?
ments.
(2) In addition to the requirements for the (a) Supervisory personnel. The integrity
performance-based plan, an operator must— management program must provide that each
(i) Have completed at least two integrity supervisor whose responsibilities relate to the
assessments on each covered pipeline segment integrity management program possesses and
the operator is including under the perform- maintains a thorough knowledge of the integrity
ance-based approach, and be able to demon- management program and of the elements for
strate that each assessment effectively ad- which the supervisor is responsible. The pro-
dressed the identified threats on the covered gram must provide that any person who quali-
segment. fies as a supervisor for the integrity manage-
(ii) Remediate all anomalies identified in the ment program has appropriate training or ex-
more recent assessment according to the re- perience in the area for which the person is
quirements in §192.933, and incorporate the responsible.
results and lessons learned from the more re- (b) Persons who carry out assessments
cent assessment into the operator's data inte- and evaluate assessment results. The integ-
gration and risk assessment. rity management program must provide criteria
(c) Deviation. Once an operator has for the qualification of any person—
demonstrated that it has satisfied the require- (1) Who conducts an integrity assessment
ments of paragraph (b) of this section, the op- allowed under this subpart; or
erator may deviate from the prescriptive re- (2) Who reviews and analyzes the results
quirements of ASME/ANSI B31.8S and of from an integrity assessment and evaluation; or
this subpart only in the following instances. (3) Who makes decisions on actions to be
(1) The time frame for reassessment as taken based on these assessments.
provided in §192.939 except that reassess- (c) Persons responsible for preventive
ment by some method allowed under this sub- and mitigative measures. The integrity man-
part (e.g., confirmatory direct assessment) agement program must provide criteria for the
must be carried out at intervals no longer than qualification of any person—
seven years; (1) Who implements preventive and mitiga-
(2) The time frame for remediation as pro- tive measures to carry out this subpart, includ-
vided in §192.933 if the operator demonstrates ing the marking and locating of buried struc-
tures; or
103
(2) Who directly supervises excavation history, corrosion control records, continuing
work carried out in conjunction with an integ- surveillance records, patrolling records, main-
rity assessment. tenance history, internal inspection records and
all other conditions specific to each pipeline.
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, (c) Risk assessment. An operator must
2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR conduct a risk assessment that follows
2307, December 22, 2003] ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 5, and consid-
ers the identified threats for each covered seg-
ment. An operator must use the risk assess-
§192.917 How does an operator ide ntify ment to prioritize the covered segments for the
potential threats to pipeline integrity and baseline and continual reassessments
use the threat identification in its integrity (§§ 192.919, 192.921, 192.937), and to de-
program? termine what additional preventive and mitiga-
tive measures are needed (§192.935) for the
(a) Threat identification. An operator covered segment.
must identify and evaluate all potential threats (d) Plastic transmission pipeline. An op-
to each covered pipeline segment. Potential erator of a plastic transmission pipeline must
threats that an operator must consider include, assess the threats to each covered segment
but are not limited to, the threats listed in using the information in sections 4 and 5 of
ASME/ANSI B31.8S (ibr, see §192.7), sec- ASME B31.8S, and consider any threats
tion 2, which are grouped under the following unique to the integrity of plastic pipe.
four categories: (e) Actions to address particular threats.
(1) Time dependent threats such as internal If an operator identifies any of the following
corrosion, external corrosion, and stress corro- threats, the operator must take the following
sion cracking; actions to address the threat.
(2) Static or resident threats, such as fabri- (1) Third party damage. An operator
cation or construction defects; must utilize the data integration required in
(3) Time independent threats such as third paragraph (b) of this section and ASME/ANSI
party damage and outside force damage; and B31.8S, Appendix A7 to determine the sus-
(4) Human error. ceptibility of each covered segment to the
(b) Data gathering and integration. To threat of third party damage. If an operator
identify and evaluate the potential threats to a identifies the threat of third party damage, the
covered pipeline segment, an operator must operator must implement comprehensive addi-
gather and integrate existing data and informa- tional preventive measures in accordance with
tion on the entire pipeline that could be relevant §192.935 and monitor the effectiveness of the
to the covered segment. In performing this data preventive measures. If, in conducting a base-
gathering and integration, an operator must fol- line assessment under §192.921, or a reas-
low the requirements in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, sessment under §192.937, an operator uses an
section 4. At a minimum, an operator must internal inspection tool or external corrosion
gather and evaluate the set of data specified in direct assessment, the operator must integrate
Appendix A to ASME/ANSI B31.8S, and data from these assessments with data related
consider both on the covered segment and to any encroachment or foreign line crossing on
similar non-covered segments, past incident the covered segment, to define where potential
104
indications of third party damage may exist in (iii) The stresses leading to cyclic fatigue
the covered segment. increase.
An operator must also have procedures in (4) ERW pipe. If a covered pipeline seg-
its integrity management program addressing ment contains low frequency electric resistance
actions it will take to respond to findings from welded pipe (ERW), lap welded pipe or other
this data integration. pipe that satisfies the conditions specified in
(2) Cyclic fatigue. An operator must ASME/ANSI B31.8S, Appendices A4.3 and
evaluate whether cyclic fatigue or other loading A4.4, and any covered or noncovered segment
condition (including ground movement, suspen- in the pipeline system with such pipe has ex-
sion bridge condition) could lead to a failure of perienced seam failure, or operating pressure
a deformation, including a dent or gouge, or on the covered segment has increased over the
other defect in the covered segment. An maximum operating pressure experienced dur-
evaluation must assume the presence of threats ing the preceding five years, an operator must
in the covered segment that could be exacer- select an assessment technology or technolo-
bated by cyclic fatigue. An operator must use gies with a proven application capable of as-
the results from the evaluation together with the sessing seam integrity and seam corrosion
criteria used to evaluate the significance of this anomalies. The operator must prioritize the
threat to the covered segment to prioritize the covered segment as a high risk segment for the
integrity baseline assessment or reassessment. baseline assessment or a subsequent reassess-
(3) Manufacturing and construction de- ment.
fects. If an operator identifies the threat of (5) Corrosion. If an operator identifies
manufacturing and construction defects (includ- corrosion on a covered pipeline segment that
ing seam defects) in the covered segment, an could adversely affect the integrity of the line
operator must analyze the covered segment to (conditions specified in §192.933), the opera-
determine the risk of failure from these defects. tor must evaluate and remediate, as necessary,
The analysis must consider the results of prior all pipeline segments (both covered and non-
assessments on the covered segment. An op- covered) with similar material coating and envi-
erator may consider manufacturing and con- ronmental characteristics. An operator must
struction related defects to be stable defects if establish a schedule for evaluating and reme-
the operating pressure on the covered segment diating, as necessary, the similar segments that
has not increased over the maximum operating is consistent with the operator's established
pressure experienced during the five years pre- operating and maintenance procedures under
ceding identification of the high consequence part 192 for testing and repair.
area. If any of the following changes occur in
the covered segment, an operator must priori- [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15,
tize the covered segment as a high risk segment 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR
for the baseline assessment or a subsequent 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B,
reassessment. 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004]
(i) Operating pressure increases above the
maximum operating pressure experienced dur-
ing the preceding five years;
(ii) MAOP increases; or
105
§192.919 What must be in the baseline the following methods depending on the threats
assessment plan? to which the covered segment is susceptible.
An operator must select the method or meth-
An operator must include each of the fol- ods best suited to address the threats identified
lowing elements in its written baseline assess- to the covered segment (See §192.917).
ment plan: (1) Internal inspection tool or tools capable
(a) Identification of the potential threats to of detecting corrosion, and any other threats to
each covered pipeline segment and the infor- which the covered segment is susceptible. An
mation supporting the threat identification. (See operator must follow ASME/ANSI B31.8S
§192.917.); (ibr, see §192.7), section 6.2 in selecting the
(b) The methods selected to assess the appropriate internal inspection tools for the
integrity of the line pipe, including an explana- covered segment.
tion of why the assessment method was se- (2) Pressure test conducted in accordance
lected to address the identified threats to each with subpart J of this part. An operator must
covered segment. The integrity assessment use the test pressures specified in Table 3 of
method an operator uses must be based on the section 5 of ASME/ANSI B31.8S, to justify
threats identified to the covered segment. (See an extended reassessment interval in accor-
§192.917.) More than one method may be dance with §192.939.
required to address all the threats to the cov- (3) Direct assessment to address threats of
ered pipeline segment; external corrosion, internal corrosion, and
(c) A schedule for completing the integrity stress corrosion cracking. An operator must
assessment of all covered segments, including conduct the direct assessment in accordance
risk factors considered in establishing the as- with the requirements listed in §192.923 and
sessment schedule; with, as applicable, the requirements specified
(d) If applicable, a direct assessment plan in §§ 192.925, 192.927 or 192.929;
that meets the requirements of §§ 192.923, (4) Other technology that an operator
and depending on the threat to be addressed, demonstrates can provide an equivalent under-
of §192.925, §192.927, or §192.929; and standing of the condition of the line pipe. An
(e) A procedure to ensure that the baseline operator choosing this option must notify the
assessment is being conducted in a manner that Office of Pipeline Safety (OPS) 180 days be-
minimizes environmental and safety risks. fore conducting the assessment, in accordance
with §192.949. An operator must also notify a
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, State or local pipeline safety authority when
2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR either a covered segment is located in a State
2307, December 22, 2003] where OPS has an interstate agent agreement,
or an intrastate covered segment is regulated
by that State.
§192.921 How is the baseline assessment (b) Prioritizing segments. An operator
to be conducted? must prioritize the covered pipeline segments
for the baseline assessment according to a risk
(a) Assessment methods. An operator analysis that considers the potential threats to
must assess the integrity of the line pipe in each each covered segment. The risk analysis must
covered segment by applying one or more of comply with the requirements in §192.917.
106
(c) Assessment for particular threats. In (h) Plastic transmission pipeline. If the
choosing an assessment method for the base- threat analysis required in §192.917(d) on a
line assessment of each covered segment, an plastic transmission pipeline indicates that a
operator must take the actions required in covered segment is susceptible to failure from
§192.917(d) to address particular threats that causes other than third-party damage, an op-
it has identified. erator must conduct a baseline assessment of
(d) Time period. An operator must priori- the segment in accordance with the require-
tize all the covered segments for assessment in ments of this section and of §192.917. The
accordance with §192.917 (c) and paragraph operator must justify the use of an alternative
(b) of this section. An operator must assess at assessment method that will address the identi-
least 50% of the covered segments beginning fied threats to the covered segment.
with the highest risk segments, by December
17, 2007. An operator must complete the [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15,
baseline assessment of all covered segments by 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR
December 17, 2012. 2307, December 22, 2003]
(e) Prior assessment. An operator may
use a prior integrity assessment conducted be-
fore December 17, 2002 as a baseline assess- §192.923 How is direct assessment used
ment for the covered segment, if the integrity and for what threats?
assessment meets the baseline requirements in
this subpart and subsequent remedial actions to (a) General. An operator may use direct
address the conditions listed in §192.933 have assessment either as a primary assessment
been carried out. In addition, if an operator method or as a supplement to the other as-
uses this prior assessment as its baseline assessment methods allowed under this subpart.
sessment, the operator must reassess the line An operator may only use direct assessment as
pipe in the covered segment according to the the primary assessment method to address the
requirements of §192.937 and §192.939. identified threats of external corrosion
(f) Newly identified areas. When an op- (ECDA), internal corrosion (ICDA), and stress
erator identifies a new high consequence area corrosion cracking (SCCDA).
(see §192.905), an operator must complete (b) Primary method. An operator using
the baseline assessment of the line pipe in the direct assessment as a primary assessment
newly identified high consequence area within method must have a plan that complies with the
ten (10) years from the date the area is identi- requirements in—
fied. (1) ASME/ANSI B31.8S (ibr, see
(g) Newly installed pipe. An operator §192.7), section 6.4; NACE RP0502-2002
must complete the baseline assessment of a (ibr, see §192.7); and §192.925 if addressing
newly-installed segment of pipe covered by this external corrosion (ECDA).
subpart within ten (10) years from the date the (2) ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 6.4 and
pipe is installed. An operator may conduct a appendix B2, and §192.927 if addressing in-
pressure test in accordance with paragraph ternal corrosion (ICDA).
(a)(2) of this section, to satisfy the requirement (3) ASME/ANSI B31.8S, appendix A3,
for a baseline assessment. and §192.929 if addressing stress corrosion
cracking (SCCDA).
107
(c) Supplemental method. An operator (i) Provisions for applying more restrictive
using direct assessment as a supplemental as- criteria when conducting ECDA for the first
sessment method for any applicable threat must time on a covered segment; and
have a plan that follows the requirements for (ii) The basis on which an operator selects
confirmatory direct assessment in §192.931. at least two different, but complementary indi-
rect assessment tools to assess each ECDA
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, Region. If an operator utilizes an indirect in-
2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR spection method that is not discussed in Ap-
2307, December 22, 2003] pendix A of NACE RP0502-2002, the opera-
tor must demonstrate the applicability, valida-
tion basis, equipment used, application proce-
§192.925 What are the requirements for dure, and utilization of data for the inspection
using External Corrosion Direct Assess- method.
ment (ECDA)? (2) Indirect examination. In addition to the
requirements in ASME/
(a) Definition. ECDA is a four-step proc- ANSI B31.8S section 6.4 and NACE RP
ess that combines preassessment, indirect in- 0502-2002, section 4, the plan's procedures
spection, direct examination, and post assess- for indirect examination of the ECDA regions
ment to evaluate the threat of external corro- must include—
sion to the integrity of a pipeline. (i) Provisions for applying more restrictive
(b) General requirements. An operator criteria when conducting ECDA for the first
that uses direct assessment to assess the threat time on a covered segment;
of external corrosion must follow the require- (ii) Criteria for identifying and documenting
ments in this section, in ASME/ANSI B31.8S those indications that must be considered for
(ibr, see § 192.7), section 6.4, and in NACE excavation and direct examination. Minimum
RP 0502-2002 (ibr, see § 192.7). An operator identification criteria include the known sensi-
must develop and implement a direct assess- tivities of assessment tools, the procedures for
ment plan that has procedures addressing pre- using each tool, and the approach to be used
assessment, indirect examination, direct exami- for decreasing the physical spacing of indirect
nation, and post-assessment. If the ECDA de- assessment tool readings when the presence of
tects pipeline coating damage, the operator a defect is suspected;
must also integrate the data from the ECDA (iii) Criteria for defining the urgency of ex-
with other information from the data integration cavation and direct examination of each indica-
(§ 192.917(b)) to evaluate the covered seg- tion identified during the indirect examination.
ment for the threat of third party damage, and These criteria must specify how an operator will
to address the threat as required by § define the urgency of excavating the indication
192.917(e)(1). as immediate, scheduled or monitored; and
(1) Preassessment. In addition to the re- (iv) Criteria for scheduling excavation of
quirements in ASME/ANSI B31.8S section 6.4 indications for each urgency level.
and NACE RP 0502-2002, section 3, the (3) Direct examination. In addition to the
plan's procedures for preassessment must in- requirements in ASME/
clude— ANSI B31.8S section 6.4 and NACE RP
0502-2002, section 5, the plan's procedures
108
for direct examination of indications from the §192.927 What are the requirements for
indirect examination must include— using Internal Corrosion Direct Assess-
(i) Provisions for applying more restrictive ment (ICDA)?
criteria when conducting ECDA for the first
time on a covered segment; (a) Definition. Internal Corrosion Direct
(ii) Criteria for deciding what action should Assessment (ICDA) is a process an operator
be taken if either: uses to identify areas along the pipeline where
(A) Corrosion defects are discovered that fluid or other electrolyte introduced during
exceed allowable limits (Section 5.5.2.2 of normal operation or by an upset condition may
NACE RP0502-2002), or reside, and then focuses direct examination on
(B) Root cause analysis reveals conditions the locations in covered segments where inter-
for which ECDA is not suitable (Section 5.6.2 nal corrosion is most likely to exist. The proc-
of NACE RP0502-2002); ess identifies the potential for internal corrosion
(iii) Criteria and notification procedures for caused by microorganisms, or fluid with CO2,
any changes in the ECDA Plan, including O2, hydrogen sulfide or other contaminants
changes that affect the severity classification, the present in the gas.
priority of direct examination, and the time (b) General requirements. An operator
frame for direct examination of indications; and using direct assessment as an assessment
(iv) Criteria that describe how and on what method to address internal corrosion in a cov-
basis an operator will reclassify and reprioritize ered pipeline segment must follow the require-
any of the provisions that are specified in sec- ments in this section and in ASME/ANSI
tion 5.9 of NACE RP0502-2002. B31.8S (ibr, see §192.7), section 6.4 and ap-
(4) Post assessment and continuing pendix B2. The ICDA process described in
evaluation. In addition to the requirements in this section applies only for a segment of pipe
ASME/ANSI B31.8S section 6.4 and NACE transporting nominally dry natural gas, and not
RP 0502-2002, section 6, the plan's proce- for a segment with electrolyte nominally present
dures for post assessment of the effectiveness in the gas stream. If an operator uses ICDA to
of the ECDA process must include— assess a covered segment operating with elec-
(i) Measures for evaluating the long-term trolyte present in the gas stream, the operator
effectiveness of ECDA in addressing external must develop a plan that demonstrates how it
corrosion in covered segments; and will conduct ICDA in the segment to effectively
(ii) Criteria for evaluating whether condi- address internal corrosion, and must provide
tions discovered by direct examination of indi- notification in accordance with §192.921
cations in each ECDA region indicate a need (a)(4) or §192.937(c)(4).
for reassessment of the covered segment at an (c) The ICDA plan. An operator must de-
interval less than that specified in § 192.939. velop and follow an ICDA plan that provides
(See Appendix D of NACE RP0502-2002.) for preassessment, identification of ICDA re-
gions and excavation locations, detailed exami-
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, nation of pipe at excavation locations, and
2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR post-assessment evaluation and monitoring.
2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95C, (1) Preassessment. In the preassessment
69 FR 29903, May 26, 2004] stage, an operator must gather and integrate
data and information needed to evaluate the
109
feasibility of ICDA for the covered segment, the model in GRI 02-0057, “Internal Corro-
and to support use of a model to identify the sion Direct Assessment of Gas Transmission
locations along the pipe segment where elec- Pipelines—Methodology,” (ibr, see §192.7).
trolyte may accumulate, to identify ICDA re- An operator may use another model if the op-
gions, and to identify areas within the covered erator demonstrates it is equivalent to the one
segment where liquids may potentially be en- shown in GRI 02-0057. A model must con-
trained. This data and information includes, but sider changes in pipe diameter, locations where
is not limited to— gas enters a line (potential to introduce liquid)
(i) All data elements listed in appendix A2 and locations down stream of gas draw-offs
of ASME/ANSI B31.8S; (where gas velocity is reduced) to define the
(ii) Information needed to support use of a critical pipe angle of inclination above which
model that an operator must use to identify ar- water film cannot be transported by the gas.
eas along the pipeline where internal corrosion (3) Identification of locations for exca-
is most likely to occur. (See paragraph (a) of vation and direct examination. An opera-
this section.) This information, includes, but is tor's plan must identify the locations where in-
not limited to, location of all gas input and with- ternal corrosion is most likely in each ICDA
drawal points on the line; location of all low region. In the location identification process, an
points on covered segments such as sags, operator must identify a minimum of two loca-
drips, inclines, valves, manifolds, dead-legs, tions for excavation within each ICDA Region
and traps; the elevation profile of the pipeline in within a covered segment and must perform a
sufficient detail that angles of inclination can be direct examination for internal corrosion at
calculated for all pipe segments; and the di- each location, using ultrasonic thickness meas-
ameter of the pipeline, and the range of ex- urements, radiography, or other generally ac-
pected gas velocities in the pipeline; cepted measurement technique. One location
(iii) Operating experience data that would must be the low point (e.g., sags, drips, valves,
indicate historic upsets in gas conditions, loca- manifolds, dead-legs, traps) within the covered
tions where these upsets have occurred, and segment nearest to the beginning of the ICDA
potential damage resulting from these upset Region. The second location must be further
conditions; and downstream, within a covered segment, near
(iv) Information on covered segments the end of the ICDA Region. If corrosion ex-
where cleaning pigs may not have been used or ists at either location, the operator must—
where cleaning pigs may deposit electrolytes. (i) Evaluate the severity of the defect (re-
(2) ICDA region identification. An op- maining strength) and remediate the defect in
erator's plan must identify where all ICDA Re- accordance with §192.933;
gions are located in the transmission system, in (ii) As part of the operator's current integ-
which covered segments are located. An rity assessment either perform additional exca-
ICDA Region extends from the location where vations in each covered segment within the
liquid may first enter the pipeline and encom- ICDA region, or use an alternative assessment
passes the entire area along the pipeline where method allowed by this subpart to assess the
internal corrosion may occur and where further line pipe in each covered segment within the
evaluation is needed. An ICDA Region may ICDA region for internal corrosion; and
encompass one or more covered segments. In (iii) Evaluate the potential for internal cor-
the identification process, an operator must use rosion in all pipeline segments (both covered
110
and non-covered) in the operator's pipeline (B) Assess the covered segment using an-
system with similar characteristics to the ICDA other integrity assessment method allowed by
region containing the covered segment in which this subpart.
the corrosion was found, and as appropriate, (5) Other requirements. The ICDA plan
remediate the conditions the operator finds in must also include—
accordance with §192.933. (i) Criteria an operator will apply in making
(4) Post-assessment evaluation and key decisions (e.g., ICDA feasibility, definition
monitoring. An operator's plan must provide of ICDA Regions, conditions requiring excava-
for evaluating the effectiveness of the ICDA tion) in implementing each stage of the ICDA
process and continued monitoring of covered process;
segments where internal corrosion has been (ii) Provisions for applying more restrictive
identified. The evaluation and monitoring proc- criteria when conducting ICDA for the first
ess includes— time on a covered segment and that become
(i) Evaluating the effectiveness of ICDA as less stringent as the operator gains experience;
an assessment method for addressing internal and
corrosion and determining whether a covered (iii) Provisions that analysis be carried out
segment should be reassessed at more frequent on the entire pipeline in which covered seg-
intervals than those specified in §192.939. An ments are present, except that application of
operator must carry out this evaluation within a the remediation criteria of §192.933 may be
year of conducting an ICDA; and limited to covered segments.
(ii) Continually monitoring each covered
segment where internal corrosion has been [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15,
identified using techniques such as coupons, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR
UT sensors or electronic probes, periodically 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B,
drawing off liquids at low points and chemically 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004]
analyzing the liquids for the presence of corro-
sion products. An operator must base the fre-
quency of the monitoring and liquid analysis on §192.929 What are the requirements for
results from all integrity assessments that have using Direct Assessment for Stress Corro-
been conducted in accordance with the re- sion Cracking (SCCDA)?
quirements of this subpart, and risk factors
specific to the covered segment. If an operator (a) Definition. Stress Corrosion Cracking
finds any evidence of corrosion products in the Direct Assessment (SCCDA) is a process to
covered segment, the operator must take assess a covered pipe segment for the pres-
prompt action in accordance with one of the ence of SCC primarily by systematically gath-
two following required actions and remediate ering and analyzing excavation data for pipe
the conditions the operator finds in accordance having similar operational characteristics and
with §192.933. residing in a similar physical environment.
(A) Conduct excavations of covered seg- (b) General requirements. An operator
ments at locations downstream from where the using direct assessment as an integrity assess-
electrolyte might have entered the pipe; or ment method to address stress corrosion
cracking in a covered pipeline segment must
have a plan that provides, at minimum, for—
111
(1) Data gathering and integration. An op- sion must comply with §192.925 with the fol-
erator's plan must provide for a systematic lowing exceptions.
process to collect and evaluate data for all (1) The procedures for indirect examina-
covered segments to identify whether the con- tion may allow use of only one indirect exami-
ditions for SCC are present and to prioritize nation tool suitable for the application.
the covered segments for assessment. This (2) The procedures for direct examination
process must include gathering and evaluating and remediation must provide that—
data related to SCC at all sites an operator (i) All immediate action indications must be
excavates during the conduct of its pipeline excavated for each ECDA region; and
operations where the criteria in ASME/ANSI (ii) At least one high risk indication that
B31.8S (ibr, see §192.7), appendix A3.3 indi- meets the criteria of scheduled action must be
cate the potential for SCC. This data includes excavated in each ECDA region.
at minimum, the data specified in ASME/ANSI (c) Internal corrosion plan. An operator's
B31.8S, appendix A3. CDA plan for identifying internal corrosion
(2) Assessment method. The plan must must comply with §192.927 except that the
provide that if conditions for SCC are identi- plan's procedures for identifying locations for
fied in a covered segment, an operator must excavation may require excavation of only one
assess the covered segment using an integrity high risk location in each ICDA region.
assessment method specified in ASME/ANSI (d) Defects requiring near-term reme-
B31.8S, appendix A3, and remediate the diation. If an assessment carried out under
threat in accordance with ASME/ANSI paragraph (b) or (c) of this section reveals any
B31.8S, appendix A3, section A3.4. defect requiring remediation prior to the next
scheduled assessment, the operator must
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, schedule the next assessment in accordance
2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR with NACE RP 0502-2002 (ibr, see §192.7),
2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B, section 6.2 and 6.3. If the defect requires im-
69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004] mediate remediation, then the operator must
reduce pressure consistent with §192.933 until
the operator has completed reassessment using
§192.931 How may Confirmatory Direct one of the assessment techniques allowed in
Assessment (CDA) be used? §192.937.
An operator using the confirmatory direct [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15,
assessment (CDA) method as allowed in 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR
§192.937 must have a plan that meets the re- 2307, December 22, 2003]
quirements of this section and of §§ 192.925
(ECDA) and §192.927 (ICDA).
(a) Threats. An operator may only use §192.933 What actions must be taken to
CDA on a covered segment to identify damage address integrity issues?
resulting from external corrosion or internal
corrosion. (a) General requirements. An operator
(b) External corrosion plan. An opera- must take prompt action to address all anoma-
tor's CDA plan for identifying external corro- lous conditions that the operator discovers
112
through the integrity assessment. In addressing the operator demonstrates that the 180-day
all conditions, an operator must evaluate all period is impracticable.
anomalous conditions and remediate those that (c) Schedule for evaluation and reme-
could reduce a pipeline's integrity. An operator diation. An operator must complete remedia-
must be able to demonstrate that the remediation of a condition according to a schedule that
tion of the condition will ensure that the condi- prioritizes the conditions for evaluation and
tion is unlikely to pose a threat to the integrity remediation. Unless a special requirement for
of the pipeline until the next reassessment of the remediating certain conditions applies, as pro-
covered segment. If an operator is unable to vided in paragraph (d) of this section, an op-
respond within the time limits for certain condi- erator must follow the schedule in
tions specified in this section, the operator must ASME/ANSI B31.8S (ibr, see §192.7), sec-
temporarily reduce the operating pressure of tion 7, Figure 4. If an operator cannot meet the
the pipeline or take other action that ensures schedule for any condition, the operator must
the safety of the covered segment. If pressure justify the reasons why it cannot meet the
is reduced, an operator must determine the schedule and that the changed schedule will not
temporary reduction in operating pressure us- jeopardize public safety. An operator must no-
ing ASME/ANSI B31G (ibr, see §192.7) or tify OPS in accordance with §192.949 if it
AGA Pipeline Research Committee Project cannot meet the schedule and cannot provide
PR-3-805 (“RSTRENG”; ibr, see §192.7) or safety through a temporary reduction in operat-
reduce the operating pressure to a level not ing pressure or other action. An operator must
exceeding 80% of the level at the time the con- also notify a State or local pipeline safety au-
dition was discovered. (See appendix A to this thority when either a covered segment is lo-
part 192 for information on availability of in- cated in a State where OPS has an interstate
corporation by reference information). A re- agent agreement, or an intrastate covered seg-
duction in operating pressure cannot exceed ment is regulated by that State.
365 days without an operator providing a (d) Special requirements for scheduling
technical justification that the continued pres- remediation.—(1) Immediate repair condi-
sure restriction will not jeopardize the integrity tions. An operator's evaluation and remediation
of the pipeline. schedule must follow ASME/ANSI B31.8S,
(b) Discovery of condition. Discovery of section 7 in providing for immediate repair
a condition occurs when an operator has ade- conditions. To maintain safety, an operator
quate information about a condition to deter- must temporarily reduce operating pressure in
mine that the condition presents a potential accordance with paragraph (a) of this section
threat to the integrity of the pipeline. A condi- or shut down the pipeline until the operator
tion that presents a potential threat includes, completes the repair of these conditions. An
but is not limited to, those conditions that re- operator must treat the following conditions as
quire remediation or monitoring listed under immediate repair conditions:
paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this sec- (i) A calculation of the remaining strength
tion. An operator must promptly, but no later of the pipe shows a predicted failure pressure
than 180 days after conducting an integrity as- less than or equal to 1.1 times the maximum
sessment, obtain sufficient information about a allowable operating pressure at the location of
condition to make that determination, unless the anomaly. Suitable remaining strength calcu-
lation methods include, ASME/ANSI B31G;
113
RSTRENG; or an alternative equivalent (NPS) 12), and engineering analyses of the
method of remaining strength calculation. These dent demonstrate critical strain levels are not
documents are incorporated by reference and exceeded.
available at the addresses listed in appendix A (iii) A dent with a depth greater than 2% of
to part 192. the pipeline's diameter (0.250 inches in depth
(ii) A dent that has any indication of metal for a pipeline diameter less than NPS 12) that
loss, cracking or a stress riser. affects pipe curvature at a girth weld or a longi-
(iii) An indication or anomaly that in the tudinal seam weld, and engineering analyses of
judgment of the person designated by the op- the dent and girth or seam weld demonstrate
erator to evaluate the assessment results re- critical strain levels are not exceeded. These
quires immediate action. analyses must consider weld properties.
(2) One-year conditions. Except for con-
ditions listed in paragraph (d)(1) and (d)(3) of [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15,
this section, an operator must remediate any of 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR
the following within one year of discovery of 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B,
the condition: 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004]
(i) A smooth dent located between the 8
o'clock and 4 o'clock positions (upper ? of
the pipe) with a depth greater than 6% of the §192.935 What additional preventive and
pipeline diameter (greater than 0.50 inches in mitigative measures must an operator
depth for a pipeline diameter less than Nominal take?
Pipe Size (NPS) 12).
(ii) A dent with a depth greater than 2% of (a) General requirements. An operator
the pipeline's diameter (0.250 inches in depth must take additional measures beyond those
for a pipeline diameter less than NPS 12) that already required by Part 192 to prevent a
affects pipe curvature at a girth weld or at a pipeline failure and to mitigate the conse-
longitudinal seam weld. quences of a pipeline failure in a high conse-
(3) Monitored conditions. An operator quence area. An operator must base the addi-
does not have to schedule the following condi- tional measures on the threats the operator has
tions for remediation, but must record and identified to each pipeline segment. (See
monitor the conditions during subsequent risk §192.917) An operator must conduct, in ac-
assessments and integrity assessments for any cordance with one of the risk assessment ap-
change that may require remediation: proaches in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (ibr, see
(i) A dent with a depth greater than 6% of §192.7), section 5, a risk analysis of its pipe-
the pipeline diameter (greater than 0.50 inches line to identify additional measures to protect
in depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS the high consequence area and enhance public
12) located between the 4 o'clock position and safety. Such additional measures include, but
the 8 o'clock position (bottom ? of the pipe). are not limited to, installing Automatic Shut-off
(ii) A dent located between the 8 o'clock Valves or Remote Control Valves, installing
and 4 o'clock positions (upper ? of the pipe) computerized monitoring and leak detection
with a depth greater than 6% of the pipeline systems, replacing pipe segments with pipe of
diameter (greater than 0.50 inches in depth for heavier wall thickness, providing additional
a pipeline diameter less than Nominal Pipe Size training to personnel on response procedures,
114
conducting drills with local emergency re- (2) Outside force damage. If an operator
sponders and implementing additional inspec- determines that outside force (e.g., earth
tion and maintenance programs. movement, floods, unstable suspension bridge)
(b) Third party damage and outside is a threat to the integrity of a covered segment,
force damage— (1) Third party damage. the operator must take measures to minimize
An operator must enhance its damage preven- the consequences to the covered segment from
tion program, as required under §192.614 of outside force damage. These measures include,
this part, with respect to a covered segment to but are not limited to, increasing the frequency
prevent and minimize the consequences of a of aerial, foot or other methods of patrols,
release due to third party damage. Enhanced adding external protection, reducing external
measures to an existing damage prevention stress, and relocating the line.
program include, at a minimum— (c) Automatic shut-off valves (ASV) or
(i) Using qualified personnel (see Remote control valves (RCV). If an operator
§192.915) for work an operator is conducting determines, based on a risk analysis, that an
that could adversely affect the integrity of a ASV or RCV would be an efficient means of
covered segment, such as marking, locating, adding protection to a high consequence area
and direct supervision of known excavation in the event of a gas release, an operator must
work. install the ASV or RCV. In making that deter-
(ii) Collecting in a central database infor- mination, an operator must, at least, consider
mation that is location specific on excavation the following factors—swiftness of leak detec-
damage that occurs in covered and non cov- tion and pipe shutdown capabilities, the type of
ered segments in the transmission system and gas being transported, operating pressure, the
the root cause analysis to support identification rate of potential release, pipeline profile, the
of targeted additional preventative and mitiga- potential for ignition, and location of nearest
tive measures in the high consequence areas. response personnel.
This information must include recognized dam- (d) Pipelines operating below 30%
age that is not required to be reported as an SMYS. An operator of a transmission pipeline
incident under part 191. operating below 30% SMYS located in a high
(iii) Participating in one-call systems in lo- consequence area must follow the requirements
cations where covered segments are present. in paragraphs (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section.
(iv) Monitoring of excavations conducted An operator of a transmission pipeline operat-
on covered pipeline segments by pipeline per- ing below 30% SMYS located in a Class 3 or
sonnel. If an operator finds physical evidence Class 4 area but not in a high consequence
of encroachment involving excavation that the area must follow the requirements in para-
operator did not monitor near a covered seg- graphs (d)(1), (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section.
ment, an operator must either excavate the (1) Apply the requirements in paragraphs
area near the encroachment or conduct an (b)(1)(i) and (b)(1)(iii) of this section to the
above ground survey using methods defined in pipeline; and
NACE RP-0502-2002 (ibr, see §192.7). An (2) Either monitor excavations near the
operator must excavate, and remediate, in ac- pipeline, or conduct patrols as required by
cordance with ANSI/ASME B31.8S and §192.705 of the pipeline at bi-monthly inter-
§192.933 any indication of coating holidays or vals. If an operator finds any indication of un-
discontinuity warranting direct examination. reported construction activity, the operator
115
must conduct a follow up investigation to de- ment. The periodic evaluation must be based
termine if mechanical damage has occurred. on a data integration and risk assessment of the
(3) Perform semi-annual leak surveys entire pipeline as specified in §192.917. For
(quarterly for unprotected pipelines or cathodi- plastic transmission pipelines, the periodic
cally protected pipe where electrical surveys evaluation is based on the threat analysis speci-
are impractical). fied in 192.917(d). For all other transmission
(e) Plastic transmission pipeline. An op- pipelines, the evaluation must consider the past
erator of a plastic transmission pipeline must and present integrity assessment results, data
apply the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1)(i), integration and risk assessment information
(b)(1)(iii) and (b)(1)(iv) of this section to the (§192.917), and decisions about remediation
covered segments of the pipeline. (§192.933) and additional preventive and miti-
gative actions (§192.935). An operator must
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, use the results from this evaluation to identify
2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR the threats specific to each covered segment
2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B, and the risk represented by these threats.
69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004] (c) Assessment methods. In conducting
the integrity reassessment, an operator must
assess the integrity of the line pipe in the cov-
§192.937 What is a continual process of ered segment by any of the following methods
evaluation and assessment to maintain a as appropriate for the threats to which the cov-
pipeline's integrity? ered segment is susceptible (see §192.917), or
by confirmatory direct assessment under the
(a) General. After completing the baseline conditions specified in §192.931.
integrity assessment of a covered segment, an (1) Internal inspection tool or tools capable
operator must continue to assess the line pipe of detecting corrosion, and any other threats to
of that segment at the intervals specified in which the covered segment is susceptible. An
§192.939 and periodically evaluate the integ- operator must follow ASME/ANSI B31.8S
rity of each covered pipeline segment as pro- (ibr, see §192.7), section 6.2 in selecting the
vided in paragraph (b) of this section. An op- appropriate internal inspection tools for the
erator must reassess a covered segment on covered segment.
which a prior assessment is credited as a base- (2) Pressure test conducted in accordance
line under §192.921(e) by no later than De- with subpart J of this part. An operator must
cember 17, 2009. An operator must reassess a use the test pressures specified in Table 3 of
covered segment on which a baseline assess- section 5 of ASME/ANSI B31.8S, to justify
ment is conducted during the baseline period an extended reassessment interval in accor-
specified in §192.921(d) by no later than seven dance with §192.939.
years after the baseline assessment of that cov- (3) Direct assessment to address threats of
ered segment unless the evaluation under para- external corrosion, internal corrosion, or stress
graph (b) of this section indicates earlier reas- corrosion cracking. An operator must conduct
sessment. the direct assessment in accordance with the
(b) Evaluation. An operator must conduct requirements listed in §192.923 and with as
a periodic evaluation as frequently as needed applicable, the requirements specified in
to assure the integrity of each covered seg- §§ 192.925, 192.927 or 192.929;
116
(4) Other technology that an operator sessment at the interval the operator has estab-
demonstrates can provide an equivalent under- lished. A reassessment carried out using con-
standing of the condition of the line pipe. An firmatory direct assessment must be done in
operator choosing this option must notify the accordance with §192.931. The table that fol-
Office of Pipeline Safety (OPS) 180 days be- lows this section sets forth the maximum al-
fore conducting the assessment, in accordance lowed reassessment intervals.
with §192.949. An operator must also notify a (1) Pressure test or internal inspection
State or local pipeline safety authority when or other equivalent technology. An operator
either a covered segment is located in a State that uses pressure testing or internal inspection
where OPS has an interstate agent agreement, as an assessment method must establish the
or an intrastate covered segment is regulated reassessment interval for a covered pipeline
by that State. segment by—
(5) Confirmatory direct assessment when (i) Basing the interval on the identified
used on a covered segment that is scheduled threats for the covered segment (see
for reassessment at a period longer than seven §192.917) and on the analysis of the results
years. An operator using this reassessment from the last integrity assessment and from the
method must comply with §192.931. data integration and risk assessment required
by §192.917; or
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, (ii) Using the intervals specified for different
2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR stress levels of pipeline (operating at or above
2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B, 30% SMYS) listed in ASME/ANSI B31.8S,
69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004] section 5, Table 3.
(2) External Corrosion Direct Assess-
ment. An operator that uses ECDA that meets
§192.939 What are the required reas- the requirements of this subpart must determine
sessment intervals? the reassessment interval according to the re-
quirements in paragraphs 6.2 and 6.3 of
An operator must comply with the follow- NACE RP0502-2002 (ibr, see §192.7).
ing requirements in establishing the reassess- (3) Internal Corrosion or SCC Direct
ment interval for the operator's covered pipe- Assessment. An operator that uses ICDA or
line segments. SCCDA in accordance with the requirements
(a) Pipelines operating at or above 30% of this subpart must determine the reassess-
SMYS. An operator must establish a reassessment interval according to the following
ment interval for each covered segment operat- method. However, the reassessment interval
ing at or above 30% SMYS in accordance cannot exceed those specified for direct as-
with the requirements of this section. The sessment in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 5,
maximum reassessment interval by an allow- Table 3.
able reassessment method is seven years. If an (i) Determine the largest defect most likely
operator establishes a reassessment interval to remain in the covered segment and the cor-
that is greater than seven years, the operator rosion rate appropriate for the pipe, soil and
must, within the seven-year period, conduct a protection conditions;
confirmatory direct assessment on the covered
segment, and then conduct the follow-up reas-
117
(ii) Use the largest remaining defect as the through (b)(3) of this section by year 20 of the
size of the largest defect discovered in the interval.
SCC or ICDA segment; and The following table sets forth the maximum
(iii) Estimate the reassessment interval as reassessment intervals. Also refer to Appendix
half the time required for the largest defect to E.II for guidance on Assessment Methods and
grow to a critical size. Assessment Schedule for Transmission Pipe-
(b) Pipelines Operating Below 30% lines Operating Below 30% SMYS. In case of
SMYS. An operator must establish a reassess- conflict between the rule and the guidance in
ment interval for each covered segment operat- the Appendix, the requirements of the rule con-
ing below 30% SMYS in accordance with the trol. An operator must comply with the follow-
requirements of this section. The maximum re- ing requirements in establishing a reassessment
assessment interval by an allowable reassess- interval for a covered segment:
ment method is seven years. An operator must (6) An operator must comply with the fol-
establish reassessment by at least one of the lowing requirements in establishing a reassess-
following— ment interval for a covered segment:
(1) Reassessment by pressure test, internal
inspection or other equivalent technology fol-
lowing the requirements in paragraph (a)(1) of
this section except that the stress level refer-
enced in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section
would be adjusted to reflect the lower operat-
ing stress level. If an established interval is
more than seven years, the operator must con-
duct by the seventh year of the interval either a
confirmatory direct assessment in accordance
with §192.931, or a low stress reassessment in
accordance with §192.941.
(2) Reassessment by ECDA following the
requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of this sec-
tion.
(3) Reassessment by ICDA or SCCDA
following the requirements in paragraph (a)(3)
of this section.
(4) Reassessment by confirmatory direct
assessment at 7-year intervals in accordance
with §192.931, with reassessment by one of
the methods listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through
(b)(3) of this section by year 20 of the interval.
(5) Reassessment by the low stress as-
sessment method at 7-year intervals in accor-
dance with §192.941 with reassessment by
one of the methods listed in paragraphs (b)(1)
118
Maximum Reassessment Interval
Assessment Method Pipeline operating at or Pipeline operating at or Pipeline operating below

above 50% SMYS above 30% SMYS, up to 30% SMYS
50% SMYS
Internal Inspection Tool, 10 years(*) 15 years(*) 20 years(**)
Pressure Test or Direct
assessment
Confirmatory Direct 7 years 7 years 7 years

Assessment
Low stress Not applicable Not applicable 7 years + ongoing
reassessment actions specified in
§192.941
(*) A Confirmatory direct assessment as described in '192.931 must be conducted by year 7 in a 10-year interval
and years 7 and 14 of a 15-year interval.
(**) A low stress reassessment or Confirmatory direct assessment must be conducted by years 7 and 14 of the in-
terval.
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR 2307, December
22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B, 69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004]
§192.941 What is a low stress reassess- an operator must perform an electrical survey (i.e.
ment? indirect examination tool/method) at least every 7
years on the covered segment. An operator must
(a) General. An operator of a transmission use the results of each survey as part of an overall
line that operates below 30% SMYS may use evaluation of the cathodic protection and corro-
the following method to reassess a covered sion threat for the covered segment. This evalua-
segment in accordance with §192.939. This tion must consider, at minimum, the leak repair
method of reassessment addresses the threats and inspection records, corrosion monitoring re-
of external and internal corrosion. The operator cords, exposed pipe inspection records, and the
must have conducted a baseline assessment of pipeline environment.
the covered segment in accordance with the (2) Unprotected pipe or cathodically pro-
requirements of §§ 192.919 and 192.921. tected pipe where electrical surveys are im-
(b) External corrosion. An operator must practical. If an electrical survey is impractical on
take one of the following actions to address the covered segment an operator must—
external corrosion on the low stress covered (i) Conduct leakage surveys as required by
segment. §192.706 at 4-month intervals; and
(1) Cathodically protected pipe. To ad- (ii) Every 18 months, identify and remediate
dress the threat of external corrosion on ca- areas of active corrosion by evaluating leak repair
thodically protected pipe in a covered segment, and inspection records, corrosion monitoring re-
119
cords, exposed pipe inspection records, and nal inspection tools within the required reassess-
the pipeline environment. ment period and that the actions the operator is
(c) Internal corrosion. To address the taking in the interim ensure the integrity of the
threat of internal corrosion on a covered seg- covered segment.
ment, an operator must— (2) Maintain product supply. An operator
(1) Conduct a gas analysis for corrosive may be able to justify a longer reassessment pe-
agents at least once each calendar year; riod for a covered segment if the operator dem-
(2) Conduct periodic testing of fluids re- onstrates that it cannot maintain local product
moved from the segment. At least once each supply if it conducts the reassessment within the
calendar year test the fluids removed from each required interval.
storage field that may affect a covered segment; (b) How to apply. If one of the conditions
and specified in paragraph (a) (1) or (a) (2) of this
(3) At least every seven (7) years, integrate section applies, an operator may seek a waiver of
data from the analysis and testing required by the required reassessment interval. An operator
paragraphs (c)(1)-(c)(2) with applicable internal must apply for a waiver in accordance with 49
corrosion leak records, incident reports, safety- U.S.C. 60118(c), at least 180 days before the
related condition reports, repair records, patrol end of the required reassessment interval, unless
records, exposed pipe reports, and test re- local product supply issues make the period im-
cords, and define and implement appropriate practical. If local product supply issues make the
remediation actions. period impractical, an operator must apply for the
waiver as soon as the need for the waiver be-
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, comes known.
2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR
2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B, [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15,
69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004] 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR
2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B, 69
FR 18227, April 6, 2004]
§192.943 When can an operator deviate
from these reassessment intervals?
§192.945 What methods must an
(a) Waiver from reassessment interval in operator use to measure program
limited situations. In the following limited in- effectiveness?
stances, OPS may allow a waiver from a reas-
sessment interval required by §192.939 if OPS (a) General. An operator must include in its
finds a waiver would not be inconsistent with integrity management program methods to meas-
pipeline safety. ure, on a semi-annual basis, whether the program
(1) Lack of internal inspection tools. An is effective in assessing and evaluating the integrity
operator who uses internal inspection as an as- of each covered pipeline segment and in protect-
sessment method may be able to justify a longer ing the high consequence areas. These measures
reassessment period for a covered segment if must include the four overall performance meas-
internal inspection tools are not available to as- ures specified in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (ibr, see
sess the line pipe. To justify this, the operator §192.7), section 9.4, and the specific measures
must demonstrate that it cannot obtain the inter- for each identified threat specified in
120
ASME/ANSI B31.8S, Appendix A. An opera- implement and evaluate each element of the base-
tor must submit the four overall performance line assessment plan and integrity management
measures, by electronic or other means, on a program. Documents include those developed
semi-annual frequency to OPS in accordance and used in support of any identification, calcula-
with §192.951. An operator must submit its tion, amendment, modification, justification, de-
first report on overall performance measures by viation and determination made, and any action
August 31, 2004. Thereafter, the performance taken to implement and evaluate any of the pro-
measures must be complete through June 30 gram elements;
and December 31 of each year and must be (e) Documents that demonstrate personnel
submitted within 2 months after those dates. have the required training, including a description
(b) External Corrosion Direct assess- of the training program, in accordance with
ment. In addition to the general requirements §192.915;
for performance measures in paragraph (a) of (f) Schedule required by §192.933 that pri-
this section, an operator using direct assessment oritizes the conditions found during an assessment
to assess the external corrosion threat must de- for evaluation and remediation, including technical
fine and monitor measures to determine the ef- justifications for the schedule.
fectiveness of the ECDA process. These meas- (g) Documents to carry out the requirements
ures must meet the requirements of §192.925. in §§ 192.923 through 192.929 for a direct as-
sessment plan;
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15, (h) Documents to carry out the requirements
2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR in §192.931 for confirmatory direct assessment;
2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B, (i) Verification that an operator has provided
69 FR 18227, April 6, 2004] any documentation or notification required by this
subpart to be provided to OPS, and when appli-
cable, a State authority with which OPS has an
§192.947 What records must an operator interstate agent agreement, and a State or local
keep? pipeline safety authority that regulates a covered
pipeline segment within that State.
An operator must maintain, for the useful
life of the pipeline, records that demonstrate [Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15,
compliance with the requirements of this sub- 2003 as amended by Amdt. 192 95A, 69 FR
part. At minimum, an operator must maintain 2307, December 22, 2003; Amdt. 192-95B, 69
the following records for review during an in- FR 18227, April 6, 2004]
spection.
(a) A written integrity management program
in accordance with §192.907; §192.949 How does an operator notify OPS?
(b) Documents supporting the threat identi-
fication and risk assessment in accordance with An operator must provide any notification
§192.917; required by this subpart by—
(c) A written baseline assessment plan in (1) Sending the notification to the Information
accordance with §192.919; Resources Manager, Office of Pipeline Safety,
(d) Documents to support any decision, Research and Special Programs Administration,
analysis and process developed and used to U.S. Department of Transportation, Room 7128,
121
400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC
20590;
(2) Sending the notification to the Informa-
tion Resources Manager by facsimile to (202)
366-7128; or
(3) Entering the information directly on the
Integrity Management Database (IMDB) Web
site at http://primis.RSPA.dot.gov/gasimp/.
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15,

2307, December 22, 2003]
§192.951 Where does an operator file a

report?
An operator must send any performance

report required by this subpart to the Informa-
tion Resources Manager—
(1) By mail to the Office of Pipeline Safety,
Research and Special Programs Administration,
U.S. Department of Transportation, Room
7128, 400 Seventh Street SW., Washington,
DC 20590;
(2) Via facsimile to (202) 366-7128; or
(3) Through the online reporting system
provided by OPS for electronic reporting avail-
able at the OPS Home Page at
http://ops.dot.gov.
[Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69777, December 15,

2307, December 22, 2003]
122
Appendix A–[Reserved] ASTM A 106—Steel pipe, “Standard Speci-
fication for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended temperature Service” (ibr, see §192.7)
by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17659, Nov. 17, ASTM A 333/A 333M—Steel pipe, “Stan-
1970; Amdt. 192-12, 38 FR 4760, Feb. 22, dard Specification for Seamless and Welded steel
1973; Amdt. 192-17, 40 FR 6345, Feb. 11, Pipe for Low Temperature Service” (ibr, see
1975; Amdt. 192-17C, 40 FR 8188, Feb. 26, §192.7)
1975; Amdt. 192-18, 40 FR 10181, Mar. 5, ASTM A 381—Steel pipe, “Standard speci-
1975; Amdt. 192-19, 40 FR 10471, Mar. 6, fication for Metal-Arc-Welded Steel Pipe for Use
1975; Amdt. 192-22, 41 FR 13589, Mar. 31, with High-Pressure Transmission Systems” (ibr,
1976; Amdt. 192-32, 43 FR 18553, May 1, see §192.7)
1978; Amdt. 192-34, 44 FR 42968, July 23, ASTM A 671—Steel pipe, “Standard Speci-
1979; Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, fication for Electric-Fusion-Welded Pipe for At-
1981; Amdt. 192-41, 47 FR 41381, Sept. 20, mospheric and Lower Temperatures” (ibr, see
1982; Amdt. 192-42, 47 FR 44263, Oct. 7, §192.7)
1982; Amdt 192-51, 51 FR 15333, Apr. 23, ASTM A 672—Steel pipe, “Standard Speci-
1986; Amdt. 192-61, 53 FR 36793, Sept. 22, fication for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for
1988; Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, High-Pressure Service at Moderate Tempera-
1989; Amdt. 192-64, 54 FR 27881, July 3, tures” (ibr, see §192.7)
1989; Amdt. 192-65, 54 FR 32344, Aug. 7, ASTM A 691—Steel pipe, “Standard Speci-
1989; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, fication for Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Electric-
1993; Amdt. 192-76, 61 FR 26121, May 24, Fusion-Welded for High Pressure Service at High
1996; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, Temperatures” (ibr, see §192.7)
1996; Amdt. 192-78C, 61 FR 41019, Aug. 7, ASTM D 2513-1999 “Thermoplastic pipe
1996; Amdt. 192-84, 63 FR 7721, Feb. 17, and tubing, “Standard Specification for Thermo-
1998; Amdt. 192-84A, 63 FR 38757, July 20, plastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings”
1998; Amdt. 192-95, 16 FR 69778, Dec. 15, (ibr, see §192.7)
2003; Amdt. 192-95B, 69 FR 18227, April 6, ASTM D 2517—Thermosetting plastic pipe
2004; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, and tubing, “Standard Specification Reinforced
2004] Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings” (ibr,
see §192.7)
Appendix B–Qualification of Pipe

II. Steel pipe of unknown or unlisted specifi-
I. Listed Pipe Specification cation.
API 5L—Steel pipe, “API Specification for A. Bending properties. For pipe 2 inches
Line Pipe” (ibr, see §192.7) (51 millimeters) or less in diameter, a length of
ASTM A 53/A53M-99b—Steel pipe, pipe must be cold bent through at least 90 de-
“Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel Black grees around a cylindrical mandrel that has a di-
and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, welded and ameter 12 times the diameter of the pipe, without
Seamless”(ibr, see §192.7) developing cracks at any portion and without
opening the longitudinal weld.
123
For pipe more than 2 inches (51 millime- set forth in API Specification 5L (ibr, see
ters) in diameter, the pipe must meet the re- §192.7).
quirements of the flattening tests set forth in
ASTM A53, except that the number of tests III. Steel pipe manufactured before No-
must be at least equal to the minimum required vember 12, 1970, to earlier editions of listed
in paragraph II-D of this appendix to determine specifications. Steel pipe manufactured before
yield strength. November 12, 1970, in accordance with a speci-
fication of which a later edition is listed in section I
B. Weldability. A girth weld must be of this appendix, is qualified for use under this
made in the pipe by a welder who is qualified part if the following requirements are met:
under subpart E of this part. The weld must be
made under the most severe conditions under A. Inspection. The pipe must be clean
which welding will be allowed in the field and enough to permit adequate inspection. It must be
by means of the same procedure that will be visually inspected to ensure that it is reasonably
used in the field. On pipe more than 4 inches round and straight and that there are no defects
(102 millimeters) in diameter, at least one test which might impair the strength or tightness of the
weld must be made for each 100 lengths of pipe.
pipe. On pipe 4 inches (102 millimeters) or less
in diameter, at least one test weld must be made B. Similarity of specification require-
for each 400 lengths of pipe. The weld must be ments. The edition of the listed specification un-
tested in accordance with API Standard 1104 der which the pipe was manufactured must have
(ibr, see §192.7). If the requirements of API substantially the same requirements with respect
Standard 1104 cannot be met, weldability may to the following properties as a later edition of
be established by making chemical tests for car- that specification listed in section I of this appen-
bon and manganese, and proceeding in accor- dix:
dance with section IX of the ASME Boiler and (1) Physical (mechanical) properties of pipe,
Pressure Vessel Code (ibr, see §192.7). The including yield and tensile strength, elongation,
same number of chemical tests must be made as and yield to tensile ratio, and testing requirements
are required for testing a girth weld. to verify those properties.
(2) Chemical properties of pipe and testing
C. Inspection. The pipe must be clean requirements to verify those properties.
enough to permit adequate inspection. It must
be visually inspected to ensure that it is rea- C. Inspection or test of welded pipe. On
sonably round and straight and there are no de- pipe with welded seams, one of the following re-
fects which might impair the strength or tight- quirements must be met:
ness of the pipe. (1) The edition of the listed specification to
which the pipe was manufactured must have sub-
D. Tensile properties. If the tensile prop- stantially the same requirements with respect to
erties of the pipe are not known, the minimum nondestructive inspection of welded seams and
yield strength may be taken as 24,000 p.s.i. the standards for acceptance or rejection and re-
(165 MPa) or less, or the tensile properties pair as a later edition of the specification listed in
may be established by performing tensile test as section I of this appendix.
124
(2) The pipe must be tested in accordance
with Subpart J of this part to at least 1.25 times
the maximum allowable operating pressure if it
is to be installed in a class 1 location and to at
least 1.5 times the maximum allowable operat-
ing pressure if it is to be installed in a class 2, 3,
or 4 location. Notwithstanding any shorter time
period permitted under Subpart J of this part,
the test pressure must be maintained for at least
8 hours.
[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970; as amended

by Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17659, Nov. 17,
1970; Amdt. 192-12, 38 FR 4760, Feb. 22,
1973; Amdt. 192-19, 40 FR 10471, Mar. 6,
1975; Amdt. 192-22, 41 FR 13589, Mar. 31,
1976; Amdt. 192-32, 43 FR 18553, May 1,
1978; Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2,
1981; Amdt. 192-41, 47 FR 41381, Sept. 20,
1982; Amdt. 192-51, 51 FR 15333, Apr. 23,
1986; Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6,
1989; Amdt. 192-65, 54 FR 32344, Aug. 7,
1989; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18,
1993; Amdt. 192-76A, 61 FR 36825, July 15,
1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14,
2004]
125
Appendix C–Qualification of center, are cut from steel service line and tested
Welders for Low Stress Level Pipe as follows:
(1) One sample is centered in a guided bend
I. Basic test. The test is made on pipe 12 testing machine and bent to the contour of the die
inches (305 millimeters) or less in diameter. for a distance of 2 inches (51 millimeters) on each
The test weld must be made with the pipe in a side of the weld. If the sample shows any breaks
horizontal fixed position so that the test weld or cracks after removal from the bending ma-
includes at least one section of overhead posi- chine, it is unacceptable.
tion welding. The beveling, root opening, and (2) The ends of the second sample are flat-
other details must conform to the specifications tened and the entire joint subjected to a tensile
of the procedure under which the welder is be- strength test. If failure occurs adjacent to or in
ing qualified. Upon completion, the test weld is the weld metal, the weld is unacceptable. If a
cut into four coupons and subjected to a root tensile strength testing machine is not available,
bend test. If, as a result of this test, two or this sample must also pass the bending test pre-
more of the four coupons develop a crack in scribed in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph.
the weld material, or between the weld material
and base metal, that is more than 1/8-inch (3.2 [Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970 as amended by
millimeters) long in any direction, the weld is Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998;
unacceptable. Cracks that occur on the corner Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004]
of the specimen during testing are not consid-
ered. A welder who successfully passes a butt-
weld qualification test under this section shall be Appendix D–Criteria for Cathodic Protection
qualified to weld on all pipe diameters less than and Determination of Measurements
or equal to 12 inches.
I. Criteria for cathodic protection–
II. Additional tests for welders of ser- A. Steel, cast iron, and ductile iron struc-
vice line connections to mains. A service line tures.
connection fitting is welded to a pipe section (1) A negative (cathodic) voltage of at least
with the same diameter as a typical main. The 0.85 volt, with reference to a saturated copper-
weld is made in the same position as it is made copper sulfate half cell. Determination of this
in the field. The weld is unacceptable if it shows voltage must be made with the protective current
a serious undercutting or if it has rolled edges. applied, and in accordance with sections II and
The weld is tested by attempting to break the IV of this appendix.
fitting off the run pipe. The weld is unacceptable (2) A negative (cathodic) voltage shift of at
if it breaks and shows incomplete fusion, over- least 300 millivolts. Determination of this voltage
lap, or poor penetration at the junction of the shift must be made with the protective current
fitting and run pipe. applied, and in accordance with sections II and
IV of this appendix. This criterion of voltage shift
III. Periodic tests for welders of small applies to structures not in contact with metals of
service lines. Two samples of the welder's different anodic potentials.
work, each about 8 inches (203 millimeters) (3) A minimum negative (cathodic) polariza-
long with the weld located approximately in the tion voltage shift of 100 millivolts. This polariza-
126
tion voltage shift must be determined in accor- the pH at the metal surface, careful investigation
dance with sections III and IV of this appendix. or testing must be made before applying cathodic
(4) A voltage at least as negative (cathodic) protection to stop pitting attack on aluminum
as that originally established at the beginning of structures in environments with a natural pH in
the Tafel segment of the E-log-I curve. This excess of 8.
voltage must be measured in accordance with
section IV of this appendix. C. Copper structures. A minimum negative
(5) A net protective current from the elec- (cathodic) polarization voltage shift of 100 mil-
trolyte into the structure surface as measured by livolts. This polarization voltage shift must be de-
an earth current technique applied at predeter- termined in accordance with sections III and IV
mined current discharge (anodic) points of the of this appendix.
structure.
D. Metals of different anodic potentials. A
B. Aluminum structures. negative (cathodic) voltage, measured in accor-
(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (3) dance with section IV of this appendix, equal to
and (4) of this paragraph, a minimum negative that required for the most anodic metal in the sys-
(cathodic) voltage shift of 150 millivolts, pro- tem must be maintained. If amphoteric structures
duced by the application of protective current. are involved that could be damaged by high alka-
The voltage shift must be determined in accor- linity covered by paragraphs (3) and (4) of para-
dance with sections II and IV of this appendix. graph B of this section, they must be electrically
(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (3) isolated with insulating flanges, or the equivalent.
and (4) of this paragraph, a minimum negative
(cathodic) polarization voltage shift of 100 mil- II. Interpretation of voltage measure-
livolts. This polarization voltage shift must be ment. Voltage (IR) drops other than those
determined in accordance with sections III and across the structure electrolyte boundary must be
IV of this appendix. considered for valid interpretation of the voltage
(3) Notwithstanding the alternative mini- measurement in paragraphs A(1) and (2) and
mum criteria in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this paragraph B(1) of section I of the appendix.
paragraph, aluminum, if cathodically protected
at voltages in excess of 1.20 volts as measured III. Determination of polarization voltage
with reference to a copper-copper sulfate half shift. The polarization voltage shift must be de-
cell, in accordance with section IV of this ap- termined by interrupting the protective current and
pendix, and compensated for the voltage (IR) measuring the polarization decay. When the cur-
drops other than those across the structure- rent is initially interrupted, an immediate voltage
electrolyte boundary may suffer corrosion re- shift occurs. The voltage reading after the imme-
sulting from the build-up of alkali on the metal diate shift must be used as the base reading from
surface. A voltage in excess of 1.20 volts may which to measure polarization decay in para-
not be used unless previous test results indicate graphs A(3), B(2), and C of section I of this ap-
no appreciable corrosion will occur in the par- pendix.
ticular environment.
(4) Since aluminum may suffer from corro- IV. Reference half cells.
sion under high pH conditions, and since appli-
cation of cathodic protection tends to increase
127
A. Except as provided in paragraphs B
and C of this section, negative (cathodic) volt-
age must be measured between the structure
surface and a saturated copper-copper sulfate
half cell contacting the electrolyte.
B. Other standard reference half cells may

be substituted for the saturated copper-copper
sulfate half cell. Two commonly used reference
half cells are listed below along with their volt-
age equivalent to -0.85 volt as referred to a
saturated copper-copper sulfate half cell:
(1) Saturated KC1 calomel half cell: -0.78
volt.
(2) Silver-silver chloride half cell used in
sea water: -0.80 volt.
C. In addition to the standard reference

half cells, an alternate metallic material or struc-
ture may be used in place of the saturated cop-
per-copper sulfate half cell if its potential stabil-
ity is assured and if its voltage equivalent re-
ferred to a saturated copper-copper sulfate half
cell is established.
[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971]
128
Appendix E to Part 192—Guidance on De- use method (1) or (2) from the definition in
termining High Consequence Areas and on §192.903 to identify a high consequence area. An
Carrying Out Requirements in the Integ- operator may apply one method to its entire pipe-
rity Management Rule line system, or an operator may apply one
method to individual portions of the pipeline sys-
I. Guidance on Determining a High Conse- tem. (Refer to figure E.I.A for a diagram of a high
quence Area consequence area)
To determine which segments of an opera- [Amdt. 192-95, 16 FR 69778, Dec. 15, 2003,
tor's transmission pipeline system are covered as amended by Amdt. 192-95B, 69 FR 18227,
for purposes of the integrity management pro- April 6, 2004; Amdt. 192-95C, 69 FR 29903,
gram requirements, an operator must identify May 26, 2004]
the high consequence areas. An operator must
Determining High Consequence Area
School
PIR PIR
ABC Pipeline
HCA
Figure E.I.A
II. Guidance on Assessment Methods and (b) Table E.II.2 gives guidance to help an
Additional Preventive and Mitigative operator implement requirements on assessment
Measures for Transmission Pipelines methods for addressing time dependent and
independent threats for a transmission pipeline
(a) Table E.II.1 gives guidance to help an in an HCA.
operator implement requirements on additional (c) Table E.II.3 gives guidance on preven-
preventive and mitigative measures for address- tative & mitigative measures addressing time
ing time dependent and independent threats for dependent and independent threats for trans-
a transmission pipeline operating below 30% mission pipelines that operate below 30%
SMYS not in an HCA (i.e. outside of potential SMYS, in HCAs.
impact circle) but located within a Class 3 or
Class 4 Location.
129
[Amdt. 192-95, 16 FR 69778, Dec. 15, 2003, April 6, 2004]
as amended by Amdt. 192-95B, 69 FR 18227,
Table E.II.1: Assessment Methods for Transmission Pipeline s Operating Below 30% SMYS
not in HCAs but in Class 3 and 4 Locations
(Column 1) (Column 4)
Threat Additional (to 192 requirements)
Existing 192 Requirements Preventive and Mitigative Measures

(Column 2) (Column 3)
Primary Secondary
External 455-(Gen. Post 1971), 603-(Gen Oper=n) For Cathodically Protected Transmission Pipe-
Corrosion 457-(Gen. Pre-1971) 613-(Surveillance) line:
459-(Examination),
461-(Ext. coating) $ Perform semi-annual leak surveys.
463-(CP),
465-(Monitoring) For Unprotected Transmission Pipelines or for
467-(Elect isolation), Cathodically Protected Pipe where Electrical
469-Test stations) Surveys are Impractical:
471-(Test leads),
473-(Interference) $ Perform quarterly leak surveys
479-(Atmospheric),
481-(Atmospheric)
485-(Remedial),
705-(Patrol)
706-(Leak survey),
711 (Repair B gen.)
717-(Repair B perm.)
Internal 475-(Gen IC), 53(a)-(Materials) $ Perform semi-annual leak surveys.
Corrosion 477-(IC monitoring) 603-(Gen Oper=n)
485-(Remedial), 613-(Surveillance)
705-(Patrol)
706-(Leak survey),
711 (Repair B gen.)
717-(Repair B perm.)
3rd Party 103-(Gen. Design), 615B(Emerg. Plan) $ Participation in state one-call system,
Damage 111-(Design factor)
317-(Hazard prot), $ Use of qualified operator employees and
327-(Cover) contractors to perform marking and locating of
614-(Dam. Prevent), buried structures and in direct supervision of
616-(Public education) excavation work, AND
705-(Patrol),
707-(Line markers) $ Either monitoring of excavations near opera-
711 (Repair B gen.), tor=s transmission pipelines, or bi-monthly patrol
717-(Repair B perm.) of transmission pipelines in class 3 and 4 loca-
tions. Any indications of unreported construc-
tion activity would require a follow up investiga-
tion to determine if mechanical damage occurred.
130
131
Table E.II.2 Assessment Requirements for Transmission Pipelines in HCAs (Re-assessment intervals are maximum allowed)
Re-Assessment Requirements (see Note 3)
At or above 30% SMYS
At or above 50% SMYS Below 30% SMYS
up to 50% SMYS
Max Max Max
Baseline Assessment
Re-Assessment Assessment Method Re-Assessment Assessment Method Re-Assessment Assessment Method
Method (see Note 3)
Interval Interval Interval
7 CDA 7 CDA
10 Pressure Test or ILI or DA Preventative & Mitigative (P&M)
Ongoing
Pressure Test or ILI or Measures
15(see Note 1) (see Table E.II.3), (see Note 2)
Pressure Testing DA (see Note 1)
Repeat inspection cycle
20
every 10 years Repeat inspection cycle Pressure Test or ILI or DA
every 15 years
Repeat inspection cycle every 20 years
7 CDA 7 CDA
10 ILI or DA or Pressure Test Preventative & Mitigative (P&M)
Ongoing
ILI or DA or Pressure Measures
In-Line Inspection 15(see Note 1) (see Table E.II.3), (see Note 2)
est (see Note 1)
20
every 10 years Repeat inspection cycle ILI or DA or Pressure Test
every 15 years
7 CDA 7 CDA
10 DA or ILI or Pressure Test Ongoing Preventative & Mitigative (P&M)
DA or ILI or Pressure Measures
15(see Note 1) (see Table E.II.3), (see Note 2)
Direct Assessment Test (see Note 1)
20
every 10 years Repeat inspection cycle DA or ILI or Pressure Test
every 15 years
Note 1: Operator may choose to utilize CDA at year 14, then utilize ILI, Pressure Test, or DA at year 15 as allowed under ASME B31.8S
Note 2: Operator may choose to utilize CDA at year 7 and 14 in lieu of P&M
Note 3: Operator may utilize “other technology that an operator demonstrates can provide an equivalent understanding of the condition of line pipe”
132
Table E.II.3 Preventative & Mitigative Measures addressing Time Dependent and
Independent Threats for Transmission Pipelines that Operate Below 30% SMYS , in HCAs
Existing 192 Requirements Additional (to 192 requirements) Preventive & Mitiga-
Threat
Primary Secondary tive Measures
603-(Gen Oper) For Cathodically Protected Trmn. Pipelines
455-(Gen. Post 1971) 613-(Surveil) $ Perform an electrical survey (i.e. indirect examina-
457-(Gen. Pre-1971) tion tool/method) at least every 7 years. Results are to
459-(Examination) be utilized as part of an overall evaluation of the CP sys-
461-(Ext. coating) tem and corrosion threat for the covered segment.
463-(CP) Evaluation shall include consideration of leak repair and
465-(Monitoring) inspection records, corrosion monitoring records, ex-
467-(Elect isolation) posed pipe inspection records, and the pipeline envi-
External 469-Test stations) ronment.
Corrosion 471-(Test leads)
473-(Interference) For Unprotected Trmn. Pipelines or for Cathodically
479-(Atmospheric) Protected Pipe where Electrical Surveys are Impractica-
481-(Atmospheric) ble
485-(Remedial) ? Conduct quarterly leak surveys AND
705-(Patrol) ? Every 1½ years, determine areas of active corrosion
706-(Leak survey) by evaluation of leak repair and inspection records, cor-
711 (Repair B gen.) rosion monitoring records, exposed pipe inspection re-
717-(Repair B perm.) cords, and the pipeline environment.
475-(Gen IC) 53(a)-(Materials) ? Obtain and review gas analysis data each calendar
477-(IC monitoring) 603-(Gen Oper) year for corrosive agents from transmission pipelines in
485-(Remedial) 613-(Surveil) HCAs,
705-(Patrol) ? Periodic testing of fluid removed from pipelines.
706-(Leak survey) Specifically, once each calendar year from each storage
Internal
711 (Repair B gen.) field that may affect transmission pipelines in HCAs,
Corrosion
717-(Repair B perm.) AND
? At least every 7 years, integrate data obtained with
applicable internal corrosion leak records, incident re-
ports, safety related condition reports, repair records,
patrol records, exposed pipe reports, and test records.
103-(Gen. Design) 615 B(Emerg Plan) ? Participation in state one-call system,
111-(Design factor)
317-(Hazard prot) ? Use of qualified operator employees and contrac-
327-(Cover) tors to perform marking and locating of buried struc-
614-(Dam. Prevent) tures and in direct supervision of excavation work, AND
3rd Party 616-(Public educat)
Damage 705-(Patrol) ? Either monitoring of excavations near operator=s
707-(Line markers) transmission pipelines, or bi-monthly patrol of transmis-
711 (Repair B gen.) sion pipelines in HCAs or class 3 and 4 locations. Any
717-(Repair B perm.) indications of unreported construction activity would
require a follow up investigation to determine if me-
chanical damage occurred.
133

Dot 192 Full Standard

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Dot 192 Full Standard

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

PART 192 – TRANSPORTATION OF NATURAL AND OTHER GAS BY

PIPELINE: MINIMUM FEDERAL SAFETY STANDARDS

Subpart A–General 192.125 Design of copper pipe.

192.197 Control of the pressure of gas deliv- 192.307 Inspection of materials.

192.221 Scope. Subpart H–Customer Meters, Service Regu-

192.451 Scope. 192.503 General requirements.

192.612 Underwater inspection and reburial f 192.729 [Removed]

Subpart A–General (5) Onshore gathering of gas within inlets of

Gas means natural gas, flammable gas, or gas

Low-pressure distribution system means a Petroleum gas means propane, propylene,

Source and name of referenced material 49 CFR reference

(13) ASTM Designation: F1055 “Standard Specification for § 192.283(a)(1)(iii).

§192.9 Gathering lines.

[Amdt. 192-74, 60 FR 41821, Aug. 14, 1995

[Amdt. 192-1, 35 FR 16405, Oct. 21, 1970

[5 FR 13257, Aug. 19, 1970, as amended by §192.61 [Removed and Reserved]

192.65 Transportation of pipe.

In a pipeline to be operated at a hoop

[Amdt. 192-12, 38 FR 4760, Feb. 22, 1973,

§192.105 Design formula for steel pipe.

[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended

Each component of a pipeline must be able §192.145 Valves.

§192.147 Flanges and flange accessories.

(a) Each flange or flange accessory (other

[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended

[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended

Each compressor station building must be

Maximum allowable Minimum §192.179 Transmission line valves.

[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]

§192.231 Protection from weather.

§192.233 Miter joints. §192.239 [Removed]

(a) Each weld that is unacceptable under

[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended

[Amdt. 192-34, 44 FR 42968, July 23, 1979

§192.307 Inspection of materials. For the purposes of this section, a "dent" is a

[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]

[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended

[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended

(a) Protection from vacuum or back pres-

§192.365 Service lines: Location of

§192.452 Applicability to converted pipe- (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b),

[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,

[Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971,

(a) Each cathodic protection system re-

§192.477 Internal corrosion control: §192.481 Atmospheric corrosion control:

(a) General corrosion. Except for cast

§192.503 General requirements.

[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended

§192.621 Maximum allowable ope rating

[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970]

Leakage surveys of a transmission line

§192.723 Distribution systems: Leakage

§192.747 Valve maintenance: Distribu-

[Part 192 - Org., Aug. 19, 1970, as amended

§192.755 Protecting cast-iron pipelines.

When an operator has knowledge that the

Each operator shall maintain records that

[Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46853, Aug. 27,

(a) Operators must have a written qualifi-

[Amdt. 192-86, 64 FR 46853, Aug. 27, 1999

Maximum Reassessment Interval

Assessment Method Pipeline operating at or Pipeline operating at or Pipeline operating below